1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowTemplates && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } // end anonymous namespace 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw___float128: 112 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 113 case tok::kw_bool: 114 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 115 case tok::kw___auto_type: 116 return true; 117 118 case tok::annot_typename: 119 case tok::kw_char16_t: 120 case tok::kw_char32_t: 121 case tok::kw_typeof: 122 case tok::annot_decltype: 123 case tok::kw_decltype: 124 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 125 126 default: 127 break; 128 } 129 130 return false; 131 } 132 133 namespace { 134 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 135 NotFound, 136 FoundNonType, 137 FoundType 138 }; 139 } // end anonymous namespace 140 141 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 142 /// dependent class. 143 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 144 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 145 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 146 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 147 SourceLocation NameLoc, 148 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 149 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 150 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 151 // Look for type decls in base classes. 152 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 153 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 154 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 155 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 156 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 157 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 158 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 159 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 160 // templates. 161 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 162 continue; 163 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 164 if (!TD) 165 continue; 166 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 167 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 168 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 169 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 170 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 171 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 172 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 173 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 174 BaseRD = PS; 175 } 176 } 177 } 178 if (BaseRD) { 179 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 180 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 181 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 182 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 183 } 184 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 185 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 186 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 187 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 188 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 189 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 190 break; 191 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 192 break; 193 } 194 } 195 } 196 } 197 198 return FoundTypeDecl; 199 } 200 201 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 202 const IdentifierInfo &II, 203 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 204 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 205 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 206 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 207 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 208 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 209 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 210 DC = DC->getParent()) { 211 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 212 // templates. 213 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 214 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 215 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 216 } 217 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 218 return nullptr; 219 220 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 221 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 222 // lookup during template instantiation. 223 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 224 225 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 226 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 227 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 228 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 229 230 CXXScopeSpec SS; 231 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 232 233 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 234 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 235 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 236 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 237 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 238 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 239 } 240 241 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 242 /// return the declaration of that type. 243 /// 244 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 245 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 246 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 247 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 248 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 249 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 250 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 251 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 252 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 253 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 254 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 255 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext, 256 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 257 // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension. 258 bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext && 259 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 260 !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot; 261 262 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 263 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 264 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 265 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 266 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 267 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 268 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 269 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 270 271 if (!LookupCtx) { 272 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 273 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 274 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 275 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 276 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 277 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 278 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 279 // 280 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 281 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 282 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 283 return nullptr; 284 285 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 286 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 287 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 288 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 289 290 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 291 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 292 II, NameLoc); 293 return ParsedType::make(T); 294 } 295 296 return nullptr; 297 } 298 299 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 300 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 301 return nullptr; 302 } 303 304 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 305 // lookup for class-names. 306 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 307 LookupOrdinaryName; 308 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 309 if (LookupCtx) { 310 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 311 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 312 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 313 // nested-name-specifier. 314 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 315 316 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 317 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 318 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 319 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 320 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 321 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 322 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 323 LookupName(Result, S); 324 } 325 } else { 326 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 327 LookupName(Result, S); 328 329 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 330 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 331 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 332 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 333 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 334 return TypeInBase; 335 } 336 } 337 338 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 339 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 340 case LookupResult::NotFound: 341 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 342 if (CorrectedII) { 343 TypoCorrection Correction = 344 CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 345 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 346 true, isClassName, AllowDeducedTemplate), 347 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 348 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 349 TemplateTy Template; 350 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 351 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 352 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 353 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 354 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 355 if (SS && NNS) { 356 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 357 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 358 } 359 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 360 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 361 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 362 // is handled elsewhere). 363 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 364 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 365 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 366 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 367 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 368 IsCtorOrDtorName, 369 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 370 IsClassTemplateDeductionContext); 371 if (Ty) { 372 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 373 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 374 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 375 if (SS && NNS) 376 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 377 *CorrectedII = NewII; 378 return Ty; 379 } 380 } 381 } 382 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 383 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 384 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 385 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 386 return nullptr; 387 388 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 389 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 390 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 391 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 392 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 393 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 394 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 395 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 396 return nullptr; 397 } 398 399 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 400 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 401 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 402 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) || 403 (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) { 404 if (!IIDecl || 405 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 406 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 407 IIDecl = *Res; 408 } 409 } 410 411 if (!IIDecl) { 412 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 413 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 414 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 415 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 416 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 417 // a type name. 418 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 419 return nullptr; 420 } 421 422 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 423 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 424 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 425 // perform the name lookup again. 426 break; 427 428 case LookupResult::Found: 429 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 430 break; 431 } 432 433 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 434 435 QualType T; 436 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 437 // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name 438 // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class. 439 // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name. 440 auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx); 441 auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD); 442 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD && 443 FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() && 444 declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent()))) 445 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor) 446 << &II << /*Type*/1; 447 448 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 449 450 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 451 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 452 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 453 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 454 if (!HasTrailingDot) 455 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 456 } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) { 457 if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl)) 458 T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD), 459 QualType(), false); 460 } 461 462 if (T.isNull()) { 463 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 464 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 465 return nullptr; 466 } 467 468 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 469 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 470 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 471 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 472 !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 473 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 474 // Construct a type with type-source information. 475 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 476 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 477 478 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 479 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 480 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 481 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 482 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 483 } else { 484 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 485 } 486 } 487 488 return ParsedType::make(T); 489 } 490 491 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 492 static NestedNameSpecifier * 493 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 494 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 495 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 496 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 497 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 498 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 499 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 500 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 501 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 502 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 503 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 504 } 505 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 506 } 507 508 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 509 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 510 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 511 /// correctly rejects. 512 static const CXXRecordDecl * 513 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 514 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 515 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 516 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 517 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 518 return MD->getParent(); 519 } 520 return nullptr; 521 } 522 523 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 524 SourceLocation NameLoc, 525 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 526 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 527 528 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 529 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 530 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 531 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 532 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 533 // lookup is retried. 534 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 535 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 536 // name specifiers. 537 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 538 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 539 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 540 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 541 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 542 // instantiation time. 543 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 544 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 545 546 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 547 // template instantiation. 548 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 549 << RD; 550 } else { 551 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 552 return ParsedType(); 553 } 554 555 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 556 557 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 558 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 559 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 560 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 561 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 562 563 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 564 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 565 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 566 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 567 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 568 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 569 } 570 571 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 572 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 573 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 574 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 575 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 576 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 577 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 578 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 579 LookupName(R, S, false); 580 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 581 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 582 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 583 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 584 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 585 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 586 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 587 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 588 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 589 } 590 } 591 592 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 593 } 594 595 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 596 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 597 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 598 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 599 /// @code 600 /// template<class T> class A { 601 /// public: 602 /// typedef int TYPE; 603 /// }; 604 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 605 /// public: 606 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 607 /// }; 608 /// @endcode 609 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 610 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 611 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 612 return true; 613 614 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 615 616 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 617 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 618 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 619 return true; 620 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 621 } 622 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 623 } 624 625 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 626 SourceLocation IILoc, 627 Scope *S, 628 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 629 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 630 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 631 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 632 SuggestedType = nullptr; 633 634 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 635 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 636 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 637 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 638 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 639 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 640 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 641 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 642 // We corrected to a keyword. 643 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 644 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 645 } else { 646 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 647 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 648 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 649 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 650 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 651 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 652 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 653 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 654 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 655 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 656 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 657 } else { 658 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 659 } 660 661 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 662 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 663 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 664 SourceRange(IILoc)); 665 // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here. 666 SuggestedType = 667 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 668 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 669 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 670 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 671 } 672 return; 673 } 674 675 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 676 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 677 UnqualifiedId Name; 678 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 679 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 680 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 681 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 682 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 683 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 684 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 685 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 686 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) 687 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TplName) << TplName; 688 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 689 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 690 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 691 } 692 return; 693 } 694 } 695 696 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 697 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 698 699 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 700 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 701 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 702 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 703 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 704 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 705 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 706 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 707 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 708 709 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 710 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 711 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 712 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 713 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 714 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 715 } else { 716 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 717 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 718 } 719 } 720 721 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 722 /// or 723 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 724 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 725 NextToken.is(tok::less); 726 727 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 728 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 729 return true; 730 731 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 732 return true; 733 } 734 735 return false; 736 } 737 738 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 739 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 740 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 741 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 742 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 743 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 744 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 745 StringRef FixItTagName; 746 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 747 case TTK_Class: 748 FixItTagName = "class "; 749 break; 750 751 case TTK_Enum: 752 FixItTagName = "enum "; 753 break; 754 755 case TTK_Struct: 756 FixItTagName = "struct "; 757 break; 758 759 case TTK_Interface: 760 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 761 break; 762 763 case TTK_Union: 764 FixItTagName = "union "; 765 break; 766 } 767 768 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 769 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 770 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 771 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 772 773 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 774 I != IEnd; ++I) 775 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 776 << Name << TagName; 777 778 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 779 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 780 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 781 return true; 782 } 783 784 return false; 785 } 786 787 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 788 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 789 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 790 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 791 792 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 793 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 794 795 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 796 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 797 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 798 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 799 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 800 } 801 802 Sema::NameClassification 803 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 804 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 805 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 806 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 807 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 808 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 809 810 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 811 NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation()); 812 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false); 813 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() && 814 isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) { 815 // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the 816 // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that. 817 // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser 818 // will reject it later. 819 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 820 } 821 822 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 823 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 824 825 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 826 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 827 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 828 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 829 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 830 return TypeInBase; 831 } 832 833 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 834 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 835 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 836 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 837 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 838 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 839 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 840 return E; 841 } 842 843 bool SecondTry = false; 844 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 845 846 Corrected: 847 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 848 case LookupResult::NotFound: 849 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 850 // call. 851 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 852 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 853 // FIXME: Reference? 854 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 855 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 856 857 // C90 6.3.2.2: 858 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 859 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 860 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 861 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 862 // the function call, the declaration 863 // 864 // extern int identifier (); 865 // 866 // appeared. 867 // 868 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 869 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 870 Result.addDecl(D); 871 Result.resolveKind(); 872 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 873 } 874 } 875 876 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 877 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 878 // "struct", or "union". 879 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 880 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 881 break; 882 } 883 884 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 885 // close to this name. 886 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 887 SecondTry = true; 888 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 889 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 890 &SS, std::move(CCC), 891 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 892 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 893 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 894 895 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 896 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 897 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 898 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 899 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 900 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 901 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 902 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 903 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 904 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 905 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 906 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 907 } 908 909 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 910 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 911 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 912 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 913 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 914 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 915 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 916 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 917 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 918 } 919 920 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 921 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 922 923 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 924 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 925 return Name; 926 927 // Also update the LookupResult... 928 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 929 Result.clear(); 930 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 931 if (FirstDecl) 932 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 933 934 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 935 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 936 // reference the ivar. 937 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 938 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 939 Result.clear(); 940 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 941 return E; 942 } 943 944 goto Corrected; 945 } 946 } 947 948 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 949 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 950 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 951 952 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 953 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 954 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 955 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 956 957 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 958 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 959 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 960 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 961 // qualified by the keyword typename. 962 // 963 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 964 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 965 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 966 // keyword here. 967 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 968 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 969 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 970 } 971 972 case LookupResult::Found: 973 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 974 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 975 break; 976 977 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 978 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 979 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 980 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 981 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 982 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 983 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 984 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 985 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 986 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 987 // ambiguous. 988 // 989 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 990 // so try again after filtering out template names. 991 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 992 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 993 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 994 break; 995 } 996 } 997 998 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 999 return NameClassification::Error(); 1000 } 1001 1002 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1003 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 1004 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 1005 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 1006 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 1007 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 1008 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 1009 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 1010 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 1011 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1012 1013 if (!Result.empty()) { 1014 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 1015 bool IsVarTemplate; 1016 TemplateName Template; 1017 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 1018 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1019 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 1020 Result.end()); 1021 } else { 1022 TemplateDecl *TD 1023 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 1024 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 1025 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 1026 1027 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 1028 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 1029 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 1030 TD); 1031 else 1032 Template = TemplateName(TD); 1033 } 1034 1035 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1036 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1037 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1038 // to based on which function we selected. 1039 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1040 1041 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1042 } 1043 1044 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1045 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1046 } 1047 } 1048 1049 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1050 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1051 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1052 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1053 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1054 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1055 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1056 return ParsedType::make(T); 1057 } 1058 1059 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1060 if (!Class) { 1061 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1062 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1063 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1064 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1065 } 1066 1067 if (Class) { 1068 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1069 1070 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1071 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1072 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1073 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1074 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1075 } 1076 1077 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1078 return ParsedType::make(T); 1079 } 1080 1081 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1082 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && 1083 !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1084 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1085 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1086 1087 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1088 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1089 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1090 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1091 (NextIsOp && 1092 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1093 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1094 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1095 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1096 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1097 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1098 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1099 return ParsedType::make(T); 1100 } 1101 1102 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1103 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1104 nullptr, S); 1105 1106 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1107 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1108 } 1109 1110 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics 1111 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) { 1112 auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 1113 if (!TD) 1114 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1115 if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1116 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate; 1117 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1118 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate; 1119 if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1120 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate; 1121 if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1122 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate; 1123 if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD)) 1124 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam; 1125 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1126 } 1127 1128 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1129 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1130 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1131 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1132 1133 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1134 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1135 // the context we'll need to return to. 1136 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1137 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1138 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1139 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1140 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1141 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1142 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1143 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1144 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1145 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1146 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1147 1148 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1149 // lexical context. 1150 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1151 return DC; 1152 1153 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1154 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1155 // class is the context we need to return to. 1156 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1157 DC = RD; 1158 1159 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1160 // declared in. 1161 return DC; 1162 } 1163 1164 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1165 } 1166 1167 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1168 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1169 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1170 CurContext = DC; 1171 S->setEntity(DC); 1172 } 1173 1174 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1175 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1176 1177 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1178 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1179 } 1180 1181 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1182 Decl *D) { 1183 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1184 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1185 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1186 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1187 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1188 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1189 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1190 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1191 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1192 return Result; 1193 } 1194 1195 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1196 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1197 } 1198 1199 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1200 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1201 /// 1202 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1203 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1204 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1205 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1206 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1207 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1208 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1209 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1210 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1211 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1212 // namespace. 1213 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1214 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1215 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1216 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1217 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1218 1219 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1220 1221 #ifndef NDEBUG 1222 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1223 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1224 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1225 #endif 1226 1227 CurContext = DC; 1228 S->setEntity(DC); 1229 } 1230 1231 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1232 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1233 1234 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1235 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1236 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1237 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1238 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1239 1240 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1241 // disappear. 1242 } 1243 1244 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1245 // We assume that the caller has already called 1246 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1247 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1248 if (!FD) 1249 return; 1250 1251 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1252 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1253 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1254 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1255 CurContext = FD; 1256 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1257 1258 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1259 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1260 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1261 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1262 S->AddDecl(Param); 1263 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1264 } 1265 } 1266 } 1267 1268 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1269 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1270 // rather than the top-level class. 1271 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1272 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1273 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1274 } 1275 1276 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1277 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1278 /// 1279 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1280 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1281 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1282 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1283 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1284 /// attribute. 1285 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1286 ASTContext &Context) { 1287 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1288 return true; 1289 1290 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1291 return true; 1292 1293 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1294 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1295 } 1296 1297 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1298 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1299 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1300 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1301 // scope. 1302 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1303 S = S->getParent(); 1304 1305 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1306 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1307 // into any context. 1308 if (AddToContext) 1309 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1310 1311 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1312 // are function-local declarations. 1313 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1314 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1315 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1316 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1317 return; 1318 1319 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1320 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1321 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1322 return; 1323 1324 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1325 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1326 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1327 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1328 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1329 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1330 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1331 1332 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1333 break; 1334 } 1335 } 1336 1337 S->AddDecl(D); 1338 1339 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1340 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1341 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1342 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1343 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1344 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1345 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1346 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1347 continue; 1348 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1349 break; 1350 } 1351 1352 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1353 } else { 1354 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1355 } 1356 } 1357 1358 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1359 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1360 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1361 } 1362 1363 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1364 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1365 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1366 } 1367 1368 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1369 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1370 do { 1371 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1372 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1373 return S; 1374 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1375 1376 return nullptr; 1377 } 1378 1379 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1380 DeclContext*, 1381 ASTContext&); 1382 1383 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1384 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1385 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1386 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1387 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1388 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1389 while (F.hasNext()) { 1390 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1391 1392 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1393 continue; 1394 1395 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1396 continue; 1397 1398 F.erase(); 1399 } 1400 1401 F.done(); 1402 } 1403 1404 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1405 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1406 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1407 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1408 } 1409 1410 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1411 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1412 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1413 while (F.hasNext()) 1414 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1415 F.erase(); 1416 1417 F.done(); 1418 } 1419 1420 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1421 /// @code 1422 /// class S { 1423 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1424 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1425 /// }; 1426 /// @endcode 1427 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1428 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1429 // the decl here. 1430 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1431 return false; 1432 1433 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1434 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1435 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1436 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1437 return false; 1438 } 1439 1440 // We need this to handle 1441 // 1442 // typedef struct { 1443 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1444 // } A; 1445 // 1446 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1447 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1448 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1449 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1450 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1451 // not. 1452 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1453 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1454 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1455 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1456 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1457 return true; 1458 } 1459 DC = DC->getParent(); 1460 } 1461 1462 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1463 } 1464 1465 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1466 // these semantics. 1467 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1468 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1469 return false; 1470 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1471 } 1472 1473 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1474 assert(D); 1475 1476 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1477 return false; 1478 1479 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1480 // of members of class templates. 1481 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1482 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1483 return false; 1484 1485 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1486 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1487 return false; 1488 1489 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1490 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1491 return false; 1492 } else { 1493 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1494 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1495 return false; 1496 } 1497 1498 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1499 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1500 return false; 1501 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1502 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1503 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1504 // like "inline".) 1505 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1506 return false; 1507 1508 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1509 return false; 1510 1511 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1512 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1513 return false; 1514 1515 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1516 return false; 1517 } else { 1518 return false; 1519 } 1520 1521 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1522 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1523 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1524 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1525 } 1526 1527 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1528 if (!D) 1529 return; 1530 1531 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1532 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1533 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1534 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1535 } 1536 1537 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1538 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1539 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1540 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1541 } 1542 1543 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1544 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1545 } 1546 1547 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1548 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1549 return false; 1550 1551 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1552 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1553 return false; 1554 1555 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1556 return true; 1557 1558 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1559 // functions. 1560 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1561 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1562 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1563 WithinFunction = 1564 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1565 if (!WithinFunction) 1566 return false; 1567 1568 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1569 return true; 1570 1571 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1572 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1573 return false; 1574 1575 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1576 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1577 1578 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1579 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr(); 1580 1581 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1582 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1583 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1584 return false; 1585 } 1586 1587 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1588 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1589 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1590 return false; 1591 1592 // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is 1593 // consistent for both scalars and arrays. 1594 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 1595 1596 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1597 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1598 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1599 return false; 1600 1601 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1602 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1603 return false; 1604 1605 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1606 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1607 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1608 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1609 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1610 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1611 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1612 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1613 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1614 return false; 1615 } 1616 } 1617 } 1618 } 1619 1620 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1621 } 1622 1623 return true; 1624 } 1625 1626 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1627 FixItHint &Hint) { 1628 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1629 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1630 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1631 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1632 return; 1633 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1634 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1635 } 1636 } 1637 1638 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1639 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1640 return; 1641 1642 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1643 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1644 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1645 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1646 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1647 } 1648 } 1649 1650 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1651 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1652 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1653 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1654 return; 1655 1656 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1657 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1658 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1659 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1660 return; 1661 } 1662 1663 FixItHint Hint; 1664 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1665 1666 unsigned DiagID; 1667 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1668 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1669 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1670 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1671 else 1672 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1673 1674 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1675 } 1676 1677 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1678 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1679 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1680 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1681 // MS inline assembly label name. 1682 bool Diagnose = false; 1683 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1684 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1685 else 1686 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1687 if (Diagnose) 1688 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1689 } 1690 1691 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1692 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1693 1694 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1695 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1696 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1697 1698 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1699 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1700 1701 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1702 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1703 1704 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1705 1706 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1707 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1708 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1709 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1710 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1711 } 1712 1713 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1714 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1715 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1716 1717 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1718 // already. 1719 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1720 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1721 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1722 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1723 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1724 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1725 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1726 } 1727 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1728 } 1729 } 1730 } 1731 1732 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1733 /// 1734 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1735 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1736 /// to the fixed name. 1737 /// 1738 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1739 /// 1740 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1741 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1742 /// 1743 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1744 /// class could not be found. 1745 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1746 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1747 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1748 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1749 // creation from this context. 1750 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1751 1752 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1753 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1754 // find an Objective-C class name. 1755 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1756 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1757 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1758 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1759 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1760 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1761 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1762 } 1763 } 1764 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1765 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1766 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1767 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1768 return Def; 1769 } 1770 1771 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1772 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1773 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1774 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1775 /// ill-formed in C++: 1776 /// @code 1777 /// struct S6 { 1778 /// enum { BAR } e; 1779 /// }; 1780 /// 1781 /// void test_S6() { 1782 /// struct S6 a; 1783 /// a.e = BAR; 1784 /// } 1785 /// @endcode 1786 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1787 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1788 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1789 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1790 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1791 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1792 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1793 /// contain non-field names. 1794 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1795 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1796 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1797 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1798 S = S->getParent(); 1799 return S; 1800 } 1801 1802 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1803 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1804 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1805 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1806 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1807 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1808 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1809 return; 1810 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1811 1812 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1813 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1814 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1815 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1816 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1817 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1818 } 1819 1820 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1821 switch (Error) { 1822 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1823 return ""; 1824 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1825 return "stdio.h"; 1826 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1827 return "setjmp.h"; 1828 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1829 return "ucontext.h"; 1830 } 1831 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1832 } 1833 1834 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1835 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1836 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1837 /// built-in. 1838 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1839 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1840 SourceLocation Loc) { 1841 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1842 1843 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1844 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1845 if (Error) { 1846 if (ForRedeclaration) 1847 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1848 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1849 return nullptr; 1850 } 1851 1852 if (!ForRedeclaration && 1853 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || 1854 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { 1855 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1856 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1857 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1858 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1859 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1860 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1861 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1862 } 1863 1864 if (R.isNull()) 1865 return nullptr; 1866 1867 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1868 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1869 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1870 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1871 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1872 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1873 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1874 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1875 } 1876 1877 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1878 Parent, 1879 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1880 SC_Extern, 1881 false, 1882 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1883 New->setImplicit(); 1884 1885 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1886 // FunctionDecl. 1887 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1888 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1889 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1890 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1891 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1892 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1893 SC_None, nullptr); 1894 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1895 Params.push_back(parm); 1896 } 1897 New->setParams(Params); 1898 } 1899 1900 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1901 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1902 1903 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1904 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1905 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1906 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1907 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1908 CurContext = Parent; 1909 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1910 CurContext = SavedContext; 1911 return New; 1912 } 1913 1914 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1915 /// entity if their types are the same. 1916 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1917 /// isSameEntity. 1918 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1919 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1920 LookupResult &Previous) { 1921 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1922 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1923 return; 1924 1925 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1926 if (Previous.empty()) 1927 return; 1928 1929 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1930 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1931 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1932 1933 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1934 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1935 continue; 1936 1937 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1938 // different linkages. 1939 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1940 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1941 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1942 continue; 1943 1944 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1945 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1946 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1947 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1948 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1949 continue; 1950 } 1951 1952 Filter.erase(); 1953 } 1954 1955 Filter.done(); 1956 } 1957 1958 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1959 QualType OldType; 1960 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1961 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1962 else 1963 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1964 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1965 1966 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1967 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1968 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1969 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1970 << Kind << NewType; 1971 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1972 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1973 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1974 return true; 1975 } 1976 1977 if (OldType != NewType && 1978 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1979 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1980 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1981 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1982 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1983 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1984 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1985 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1986 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1987 return true; 1988 } 1989 return false; 1990 } 1991 1992 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1993 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1994 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1995 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1996 /// 1997 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 1998 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1999 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 2000 // merging checks. 2001 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 2002 2003 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 2004 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 2005 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 2006 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 2007 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 2008 default: break; 2009 case 2: 2010 { 2011 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 2012 break; 2013 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2014 if (!T->isPointerType()) 2015 break; 2016 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 2017 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2018 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 2019 break; 2020 } 2021 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 2022 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 2023 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 2024 return; 2025 } 2026 case 5: 2027 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 2028 break; 2029 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2030 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 2031 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 2032 return; 2033 case 3: 2034 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 2035 break; 2036 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2037 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 2038 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 2039 return; 2040 } 2041 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 2042 } 2043 2044 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 2045 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 2046 if (!Old) { 2047 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2048 << New->getDeclName(); 2049 2050 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 2051 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 2052 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2053 2054 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2055 } 2056 2057 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2058 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2059 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2060 2061 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2062 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2063 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2064 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2065 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 2066 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2067 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2068 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2069 // instead of our tag. 2070 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2071 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2072 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2073 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2074 else 2075 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2076 2077 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2078 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 2079 2080 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2081 // out of the scope. 2082 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2083 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2084 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2085 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2086 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2087 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2088 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2089 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2090 } 2091 } 2092 } 2093 } 2094 2095 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2096 // with any extensions enabled. 2097 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2098 return; 2099 2100 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2101 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2102 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2103 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2104 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2105 } 2106 2107 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2108 return; 2109 2110 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2111 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2112 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2113 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2114 // to the type to which it already refers. 2115 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2116 return; 2117 2118 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2119 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2120 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2121 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2122 // 2123 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2124 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2125 // 2126 // struct S { 2127 // typedef struct A { } A; 2128 // }; 2129 // 2130 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2131 // allow the above but disallow 2132 // 2133 // struct S { 2134 // typedef int I; 2135 // typedef int I; 2136 // }; 2137 // 2138 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2139 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2140 return; 2141 2142 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2143 << New->getDeclName(); 2144 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2145 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2146 } 2147 2148 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2149 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2150 return; 2151 2152 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2153 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2154 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2155 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2156 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2157 // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL). 2158 (Old->isImplicit() || 2159 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2160 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2161 return; 2162 2163 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2164 << New->getDeclName(); 2165 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2166 } 2167 2168 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2169 /// attribute. 2170 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2171 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2172 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2173 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2174 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2175 if (Ann) { 2176 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2177 return true; 2178 continue; 2179 } 2180 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2181 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2182 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2183 return true; 2184 } 2185 2186 return false; 2187 } 2188 2189 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2190 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2191 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2192 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2193 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2194 return true; 2195 } 2196 2197 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2198 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2199 /// 2200 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2201 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2202 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2203 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2204 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2205 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2206 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2207 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2208 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2209 // in a case like: 2210 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2211 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2212 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2213 // definition in such a case. 2214 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2215 return false; 2216 2217 if (I->isAlignas()) 2218 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2219 2220 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2221 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2222 OldAlign = Align; 2223 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2224 } 2225 } 2226 2227 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2228 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2229 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2230 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2231 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2232 return false; 2233 2234 if (I->isAlignas()) 2235 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2236 2237 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2238 if (Align > NewAlign) 2239 NewAlign = Align; 2240 } 2241 2242 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2243 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2244 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2245 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2246 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2247 2248 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2249 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2250 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2251 QualType Ty; 2252 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2253 Ty = VD->getType(); 2254 else 2255 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2256 2257 if (OldAlign == 0) 2258 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2259 if (NewAlign == 0) 2260 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2261 } 2262 2263 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2264 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2265 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2266 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2267 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2268 } 2269 } 2270 2271 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2272 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2273 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2274 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2275 // equivalent alignment. 2276 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2277 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2278 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2279 // have no alignment specifier. 2280 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2281 << OldAlignasAttr; 2282 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2283 << OldAlignasAttr; 2284 } 2285 2286 bool AnyAdded = false; 2287 2288 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2289 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2290 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2291 Clone->setInherited(true); 2292 New->addAttr(Clone); 2293 AnyAdded = true; 2294 } 2295 2296 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2297 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2298 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2299 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2300 Clone->setInherited(true); 2301 New->addAttr(Clone); 2302 AnyAdded = true; 2303 } 2304 2305 return AnyAdded; 2306 } 2307 2308 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2309 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2310 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2311 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the 2312 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute 2313 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. 2314 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from 2315 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from 2316 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent 2317 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. 2318 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2319 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2320 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2321 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2322 AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2323 AA->getDeprecated(), 2324 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2325 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2326 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2327 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2328 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2329 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2330 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2331 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2332 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2333 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2334 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2335 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2336 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2337 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2338 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2339 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2340 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2341 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2342 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2343 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2344 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2345 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2346 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2347 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2348 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2349 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2350 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2351 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2352 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2353 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2354 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2355 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 2356 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || 2357 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { 2358 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for 2359 // overloading purposes and must not be merged. 2360 return false; 2361 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2362 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2363 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2364 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2365 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2366 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2367 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2368 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2369 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2370 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2371 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2372 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2373 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2374 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2375 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2376 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2377 NewAttr = nullptr; 2378 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2379 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2380 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2381 NewAttr = nullptr; 2382 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) 2383 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex, 2384 UA->getGuid()); 2385 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2386 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2387 2388 if (NewAttr) { 2389 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2390 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2391 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2392 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2393 return true; 2394 } 2395 2396 return false; 2397 } 2398 2399 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2400 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2401 return TD->getDefinition(); 2402 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2403 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2404 if (Def) 2405 return Def; 2406 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2407 } 2408 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 2409 return FD->getDefinition(); 2410 return nullptr; 2411 } 2412 2413 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2414 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2415 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2416 return true; 2417 return false; 2418 } 2419 2420 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2421 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2422 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2423 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2424 return; 2425 2426 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2427 if (!Def || Def == New) 2428 return; 2429 2430 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2431 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2432 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2433 2434 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2435 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2436 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2437 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2438 2439 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2440 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2441 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2442 --E; 2443 continue; 2444 } 2445 } else { 2446 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2447 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2448 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2449 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2450 : diag::err_redefinition; 2451 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2452 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2453 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2454 } 2455 ++I; 2456 continue; 2457 } 2458 2459 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2460 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2461 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2462 ++I; 2463 continue; 2464 } 2465 } 2466 2467 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2468 ++I; 2469 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2470 } 2471 2472 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2473 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2474 ++I; 2475 continue; 2476 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2477 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2478 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2479 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2480 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2481 // equivalent alignment. 2482 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2483 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2484 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2485 // have no alignment specifier. 2486 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2487 << AA; 2488 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2489 << AA; 2490 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2491 --E; 2492 continue; 2493 } 2494 } 2495 2496 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2497 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2498 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2499 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2500 --E; 2501 } 2502 } 2503 2504 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2505 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2506 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2507 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2508 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2509 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2510 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2511 } 2512 2513 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2514 return; 2515 2516 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2517 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2518 2519 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2520 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2521 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2522 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2523 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2524 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2525 } 2526 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2527 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2528 // already been ODR-used. 2529 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2530 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2531 } 2532 } 2533 2534 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2535 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2536 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2537 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2538 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2539 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2540 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2541 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2542 << NewTag; 2543 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2544 } 2545 } 2546 } else { 2547 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2548 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2549 } 2550 } 2551 2552 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2553 return; 2554 2555 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2556 2557 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2558 // we process them. 2559 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2560 2561 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2562 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2563 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2564 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2565 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2566 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2567 switch (AMK) { 2568 case AMK_None: 2569 continue; 2570 2571 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2572 case AMK_Override: 2573 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2574 LocalAMK = AMK; 2575 break; 2576 } 2577 } 2578 2579 // Already handled. 2580 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2581 continue; 2582 2583 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2584 foundAny = true; 2585 } 2586 2587 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2588 foundAny = true; 2589 2590 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2591 } 2592 2593 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2594 /// to the new one. 2595 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2596 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2597 Sema &S) { 2598 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2599 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2600 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2601 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2602 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2603 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2604 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2605 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2606 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2607 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2608 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2609 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2610 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2611 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2612 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2613 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2614 } 2615 2616 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2617 return; 2618 2619 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2620 2621 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2622 // done before we process them. 2623 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2624 2625 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2626 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2627 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2628 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2629 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2630 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2631 foundAny = true; 2632 } 2633 } 2634 2635 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2636 } 2637 2638 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2639 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2640 Sema &S) { 2641 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2642 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2643 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2644 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2645 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2646 *Newnullability, 2647 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2648 != 0)) 2649 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2650 *Oldnullability, 2651 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2652 != 0)); 2653 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2654 } 2655 } else { 2656 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2657 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2658 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2659 NewT, NewT); 2660 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2661 } 2662 } 2663 } 2664 2665 namespace { 2666 2667 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2668 /// C. 2669 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2670 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2671 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2672 QualType PromotedType; 2673 }; 2674 2675 } // end anonymous namespace 2676 2677 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2678 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2679 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2680 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2681 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2682 2683 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2684 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2685 2686 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2687 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2688 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2689 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2690 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2691 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2692 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2693 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2694 } 2695 2696 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2697 } 2698 2699 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2700 // declaration, or a declaration. 2701 template <typename T> 2702 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2703 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2704 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2705 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2706 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2707 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2708 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2709 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2710 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2711 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2712 } else 2713 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2714 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2715 } 2716 2717 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2718 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2719 /// GNU89 mode. 2720 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2721 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2722 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2723 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2724 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2725 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2726 } 2727 2728 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2729 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2730 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2731 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2732 return AT; 2733 } 2734 2735 template <typename T> 2736 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2737 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2738 if (DC->isRecord()) 2739 return false; 2740 2741 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2742 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2743 return true; 2744 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2745 return true; 2746 return false; 2747 } 2748 2749 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2750 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2751 2752 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2753 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2754 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2755 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2756 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2757 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2758 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2759 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2760 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2761 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2762 // and function templates; or 2763 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2764 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2765 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2766 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2767 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2768 2769 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2770 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2771 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2772 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2773 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2774 2775 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2776 if (Old && 2777 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2778 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2779 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2780 Old = nullptr; 2781 2782 if (!Old) { 2783 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2784 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2785 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2786 return true; 2787 } 2788 return false; 2789 } 2790 2791 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2792 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2793 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2794 2795 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2796 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2797 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2798 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2799 return true; 2800 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2801 }; 2802 2803 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2804 } 2805 2806 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2807 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2808 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2809 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2810 /// 2811 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2812 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2813 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2814 /// merged with. 2815 /// 2816 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2817 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2818 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2819 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2820 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2821 if (!Old) { 2822 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2823 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2824 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2825 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2826 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2827 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2828 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2829 return true; 2830 } 2831 2832 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2833 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2834 return true; 2835 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2836 } else { 2837 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2838 << New->getDeclName(); 2839 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2840 return true; 2841 } 2842 } 2843 2844 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2845 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2846 return true; 2847 2848 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2849 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2850 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2851 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2852 2853 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2854 // is an extern inline function. 2855 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2856 // storage classes. 2857 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2858 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2859 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2860 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2861 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2862 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2863 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2864 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2865 } else { 2866 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2867 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2868 return true; 2869 } 2870 } 2871 2872 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2873 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2874 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2875 << New->getDeclName(); 2876 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2877 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2878 } 2879 2880 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2881 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2882 // convention of the first. 2883 // 2884 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2885 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2886 // 2887 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2888 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2889 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2890 // 2891 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2892 // other tests to run. 2893 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2894 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2895 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2896 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2897 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2898 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2899 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2900 2901 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2902 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2903 const FunctionType *FT = 2904 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2905 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2906 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2907 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2908 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2909 // there but not here. 2910 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2911 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2912 } else { 2913 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2914 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2915 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2916 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2917 << !FirstCCExplicit 2918 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2919 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2920 2921 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2922 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2923 return true; 2924 } 2925 } 2926 2927 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2928 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2929 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2930 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2931 } 2932 2933 // Merge regparm attribute. 2934 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2935 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2936 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2937 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2938 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2939 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2940 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2941 return true; 2942 } 2943 2944 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2945 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2946 } 2947 2948 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2949 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2950 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2951 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2952 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2953 return true; 2954 } 2955 2956 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2957 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2958 } 2959 2960 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2961 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2962 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2963 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2964 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2965 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2966 } 2967 2968 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2969 // UndefinedButUsed. 2970 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2971 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2972 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2973 Old->isUsed(false) && 2974 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2975 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2976 SourceLocation())); 2977 2978 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2979 // about it. 2980 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2981 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2982 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2983 } 2984 2985 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 2986 // redeclaration. 2987 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 2988 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 2989 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 2990 << New->getDeclName(); 2991 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2992 return true; 2993 } 2994 2995 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2996 // C++1z [over.load]p2 2997 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2998 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, 2999 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. 3000 3001 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of 3002 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the 3003 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before 3004 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType 3005 // but do not necessarily update the type of New. 3006 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) 3007 return true; 3008 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3009 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3010 3011 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 3012 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 3013 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 3014 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 3015 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 3016 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 3017 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 3018 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 3019 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 3020 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 3021 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 3022 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 3023 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 3024 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 3025 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3026 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 3027 QualType ResQT; 3028 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3029 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3030 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 3031 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 3032 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 3033 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 3034 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3035 else 3036 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 3037 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3038 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 3039 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3040 return true; 3041 } 3042 else 3043 NewQType = ResQT; 3044 } 3045 3046 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 3047 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 3048 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 3049 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 3050 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 3051 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 3052 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 3053 New->setType( 3054 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 3055 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3056 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3057 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 3058 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 3059 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3060 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3061 } 3062 } 3063 3064 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 3065 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 3066 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 3067 // Preserve triviality. 3068 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 3069 3070 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 3071 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 3072 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 3073 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 3074 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3075 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 3076 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 3077 3078 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3079 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 3080 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 3081 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 3082 // is a static member function declaration. 3083 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 3084 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3085 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3086 return true; 3087 } 3088 3089 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3090 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3091 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3092 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3093 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 3094 unsigned NewDiag; 3095 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3096 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3097 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3098 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3099 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3100 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3101 else 3102 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3103 3104 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3105 } else { 3106 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3107 << New << New->getType(); 3108 } 3109 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3110 return true; 3111 3112 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3113 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3114 // 3115 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3116 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3117 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3118 if (isFriend) { 3119 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3120 } else { 3121 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3122 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3123 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3124 return true; 3125 } 3126 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3127 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3128 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3129 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3130 return true; 3131 } 3132 } 3133 3134 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3135 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3136 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3137 // attribute. 3138 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3139 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3140 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3141 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3142 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3143 } 3144 3145 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3146 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3147 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3148 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3149 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3150 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3151 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3152 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3153 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3154 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3155 } 3156 3157 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3158 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3159 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3160 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3161 3162 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3163 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3164 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3165 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3166 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3167 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3168 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3169 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3170 } 3171 3172 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3173 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3174 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3175 // 3176 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3177 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3178 // linkage within class scope. 3179 // 3180 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3181 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3182 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3183 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3184 } else { 3185 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3186 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3187 return true; 3188 } 3189 } 3190 3191 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3192 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3193 3194 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3195 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3196 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3197 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3198 // when we instantiate the function. 3199 return false; 3200 } 3201 3202 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3203 } 3204 3205 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3206 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3207 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3208 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3209 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3210 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3211 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3212 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3213 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3214 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3215 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3216 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3217 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3218 NewQType = 3219 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3220 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3221 New->setType(NewQType); 3222 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3223 3224 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3225 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3226 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3227 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3228 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3229 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3230 SC_None, nullptr); 3231 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3232 Param->setImplicit(); 3233 Params.push_back(Param); 3234 } 3235 3236 New->setParams(Params); 3237 } 3238 3239 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3240 } 3241 3242 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3243 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3244 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3245 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3246 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3247 // the prototype. 3248 // 3249 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3250 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3251 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3252 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3253 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3254 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3255 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3256 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3257 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3258 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3259 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3260 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3261 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3262 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3263 3264 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3265 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3266 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3267 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3268 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3269 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3270 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3271 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3272 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3273 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3274 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3275 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3276 NewParm->getType(), 3277 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3278 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3279 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3280 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3281 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3282 } else 3283 LooseCompatible = false; 3284 } 3285 3286 if (LooseCompatible) { 3287 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3288 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3289 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3290 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3291 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3292 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3293 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3294 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3295 } 3296 3297 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3298 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3299 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3300 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3301 } 3302 3303 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3304 } 3305 3306 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3307 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3308 3309 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3310 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3311 unsigned BuiltinID; 3312 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3313 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3314 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3315 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3316 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3317 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3318 << Old << Old->getType(); 3319 3320 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3321 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3322 // 3323 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3324 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3325 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3326 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3327 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3328 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3329 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3330 3331 return false; 3332 } 3333 3334 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3335 } 3336 3337 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3338 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3339 return true; 3340 } 3341 3342 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3343 /// known to be compatible. 3344 /// 3345 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3346 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3347 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3348 /// redeclaration of Old. 3349 /// 3350 /// \returns false 3351 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3352 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3353 // Merge the attributes 3354 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3355 3356 // Merge "pure" flag. 3357 if (Old->isPure()) 3358 New->setPure(); 3359 3360 // Merge "used" flag. 3361 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3362 New->setIsUsed(); 3363 3364 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3365 // declarations. 3366 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3367 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3368 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3369 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3370 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3371 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3372 } 3373 3374 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3375 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3376 3377 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3378 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3379 // was visible. 3380 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3381 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3382 New->setType(Merged); 3383 3384 return false; 3385 } 3386 3387 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3388 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3389 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3390 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3391 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3392 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3393 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3394 : AMK_Override; 3395 3396 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3397 3398 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3399 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3400 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3401 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3402 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3403 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3404 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3405 3406 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3407 } 3408 3409 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3410 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3411 3412 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3413 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3414 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3415 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3416 3417 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3418 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3419 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3420 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3421 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3422 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3423 } 3424 3425 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3426 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3427 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3428 /// 3429 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3430 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3431 /// is attached. 3432 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3433 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3434 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3435 return; 3436 3437 QualType MergedT; 3438 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3439 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3440 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3441 return; 3442 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3443 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3444 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3445 } 3446 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3447 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3448 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3449 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3450 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3451 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3452 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3453 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3454 3455 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3456 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3457 // mismatch. 3458 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { 3459 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3460 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3461 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3462 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) 3463 continue; 3464 3465 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3466 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3467 } 3468 } 3469 3470 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3471 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3472 NewArray->getElementType())) 3473 MergedT = New->getType(); 3474 } 3475 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3476 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3477 // visible. 3478 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3479 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3480 NewArray->getElementType())) 3481 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3482 } 3483 } 3484 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3485 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3486 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3487 Old->getType()); 3488 } 3489 } else { 3490 // C 6.2.7p2: 3491 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3492 // compatible type. 3493 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3494 } 3495 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3496 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3497 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3498 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3499 // equivalent. 3500 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3501 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3502 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3503 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3504 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3505 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3506 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3507 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3508 return; 3509 } 3510 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3511 } 3512 3513 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3514 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3515 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3516 New->setType(MergedT); 3517 } 3518 3519 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3520 LookupResult &Previous) { 3521 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3522 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3523 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3524 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3525 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3526 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3527 // 3528 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3529 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3530 return false; 3531 3532 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3533 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3534 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3535 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3536 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3537 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3538 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3539 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3540 } else { 3541 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3542 // type unless we're in the same function. 3543 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3544 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3545 } 3546 } 3547 3548 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3549 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3550 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3551 /// 3552 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3553 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3554 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3555 /// 3556 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3557 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3558 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3559 return; 3560 3561 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3562 return; 3563 3564 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3565 3566 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3567 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3568 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3569 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3570 if (NewTemplate) { 3571 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3572 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3573 3574 if (auto *Shadow = 3575 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3576 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3577 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3578 } else { 3579 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3580 3581 if (auto *Shadow = 3582 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3583 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3584 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3585 } 3586 } 3587 if (!Old) { 3588 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3589 << New->getDeclName(); 3590 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3591 diag::note_previous_definition); 3592 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3593 } 3594 3595 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3596 if (NewTemplate && 3597 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3598 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3599 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3600 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3601 3602 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3603 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3604 // 3605 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3606 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3607 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3608 << New->getIdentifier(); 3609 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3610 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3611 } 3612 3613 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3614 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3615 // declaration 3616 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3617 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3618 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3619 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3620 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3621 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3622 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3623 } 3624 3625 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3626 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3627 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3628 << New->getDeclName(); 3629 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3630 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3631 } 3632 3633 // Merge the types. 3634 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3635 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3636 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3637 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3638 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3639 return; 3640 } 3641 3642 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3643 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3644 return; 3645 3646 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3647 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3648 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3649 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3650 3651 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3652 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3653 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3654 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3655 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3656 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3657 << New->getDeclName(); 3658 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3659 } else { 3660 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3661 << New->getDeclName(); 3662 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3663 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3664 } 3665 } 3666 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3667 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3668 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3669 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3670 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3671 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3672 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3673 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3674 // identifier has external linkage. 3675 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3676 /* Okay */; 3677 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3678 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3679 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3680 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3681 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3682 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3683 } 3684 3685 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3686 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3687 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3688 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3689 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3690 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3691 } 3692 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3693 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3694 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3695 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3696 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3697 } 3698 3699 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3700 3701 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3702 // need to check for mismatches. 3703 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3704 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3705 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3706 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3707 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3708 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3709 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3710 } 3711 3712 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 3713 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3714 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 3715 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 3716 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 3717 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 3718 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3719 } 3720 } 3721 3722 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3723 // UndefinedButUsed. 3724 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 3725 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3726 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3727 SourceLocation())); 3728 3729 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3730 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3731 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3732 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3733 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3734 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3735 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3736 } else { 3737 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3738 // static and dynamic initialization. 3739 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3740 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3741 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3742 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3743 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3744 } 3745 } 3746 3747 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3748 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3749 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { 3750 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 3751 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 3752 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 3753 Diag(New->getLocation(), 3754 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 3755 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3756 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) 3757 return; 3758 } 3759 } 3760 3761 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3762 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3763 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3764 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3765 return; 3766 } 3767 3768 // Merge "used" flag. 3769 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3770 New->setIsUsed(); 3771 3772 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3773 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3774 if (NewTemplate) 3775 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3776 3777 // Inherit access appropriately. 3778 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3779 if (NewTemplate) 3780 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3781 3782 if (Old->isInline()) 3783 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 3784 } 3785 3786 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions 3787 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. 3788 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { 3789 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && 3790 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3791 New->isInline() || 3792 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3793 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3794 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3795 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3796 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. 3797 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); 3798 3799 // Make the canonical definition visible. 3800 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 3801 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD, New->getLocation()); 3802 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old, New->getLocation()); 3803 return false; 3804 } else { 3805 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3806 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3807 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3808 return true; 3809 } 3810 } 3811 3812 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3813 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3814 Decl * 3815 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3816 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3817 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 3818 AnonRecord); 3819 } 3820 3821 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3822 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3823 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3824 // compatibility. 3825 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3826 // targeted. 3827 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3828 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3829 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3830 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3831 } 3832 3833 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3834 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3835 return; 3836 3837 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3838 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3839 // it is anonymous. 3840 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3841 return; 3842 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3843 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3844 Context.setManglingNumber( 3845 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3846 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3847 return; 3848 } 3849 3850 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3851 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3852 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3853 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3854 Context.setManglingNumber( 3855 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3856 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3857 } 3858 } 3859 3860 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3861 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3862 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3863 return; 3864 3865 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3866 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3867 return; 3868 3869 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3870 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3871 3872 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3873 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3874 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3875 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3876 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3877 return; 3878 } 3879 3880 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3881 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3882 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3883 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3884 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3885 // for how to handle it. 3886 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3887 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3888 3889 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3890 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3891 3892 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3893 textToInsert += ' '; 3894 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3895 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3896 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3897 return; 3898 } 3899 3900 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3901 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3902 } 3903 3904 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3905 switch (T) { 3906 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3907 return 0; 3908 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3909 return 1; 3910 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3911 return 2; 3912 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3913 return 3; 3914 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3915 return 4; 3916 default: 3917 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3918 } 3919 } 3920 3921 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3922 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3923 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3924 Decl * 3925 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3926 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3927 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 3928 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3929 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3930 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3931 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3932 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3933 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3934 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3935 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3936 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3937 3938 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3939 return nullptr; 3940 3941 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3942 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3943 // it's a Type. 3944 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3945 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3946 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3947 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3948 } 3949 3950 if (Tag) { 3951 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3952 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3953 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3954 return Tag; 3955 } 3956 3957 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3958 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3959 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3960 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3961 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3962 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3963 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3964 } 3965 3966 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 3967 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 3968 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 3969 3970 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3971 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3972 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3973 if (Tag) 3974 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3975 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3976 else 3977 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3978 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3979 return TagD; 3980 } 3981 3982 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3983 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3984 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3985 // its initializer. 3986 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3987 return TagD; 3988 } 3989 3990 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3991 3992 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3993 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3994 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3995 if (TagD && !Tag) 3996 return nullptr; 3997 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3998 } 3999 4000 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 4001 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 4002 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 4003 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 4004 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 4005 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 4006 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 4007 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 4008 // or an explicit specialization. 4009 // 4010 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 4011 // obvious intent of DR1819. 4012 // 4013 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 4014 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 4015 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 4016 return nullptr; 4017 } 4018 4019 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 4020 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 4021 4022 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 4023 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 4024 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 4025 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4026 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 4027 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4028 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 4029 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 4030 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 4031 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 4032 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 4033 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 4034 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 4035 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4036 AnonRecord = Record; 4037 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 4038 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4039 } 4040 4041 DeclaresAnything = false; 4042 } 4043 } 4044 4045 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 4046 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 4047 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 4048 // 4049 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 4050 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 4051 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 4052 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4053 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 4054 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 4055 // struct STRUCT; 4056 // union UNION; 4057 // and 4058 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 4059 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 4060 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 4061 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 4062 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 4063 if (Tag) 4064 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 4065 else if (const RecordType *RT = 4066 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 4067 Record = RT->getDecl(); 4068 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 4069 Record = UT->getDecl(); 4070 4071 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4072 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 4073 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 4074 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 4075 } 4076 4077 DeclaresAnything = false; 4078 } 4079 } 4080 4081 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 4082 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 4083 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 4084 return TagD; 4085 4086 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4087 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4088 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 4089 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 4090 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 4091 DeclaresAnything = false; 4092 4093 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 4094 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 4095 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4096 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 4097 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4098 else 4099 DeclaresAnything = false; 4100 } 4101 4102 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4103 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4104 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4105 << Tag->getTagKind() 4106 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4107 4108 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4109 4110 // C 6.7/2: 4111 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4112 // or the members of an enumeration. 4113 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4114 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4115 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4116 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4117 // previous declaration. 4118 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4119 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4120 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4121 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4122 return TagD; 4123 } 4124 4125 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4126 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4127 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4128 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4129 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4130 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4131 // 4132 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4133 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4134 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4135 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4136 4137 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4138 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4139 // useless. 4140 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4141 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4142 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4143 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4144 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4145 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4146 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4147 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4148 } 4149 4150 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4151 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4152 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4153 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4154 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4155 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4156 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4157 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4158 // Restrict is covered above. 4159 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4160 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4161 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4162 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4163 } 4164 4165 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4166 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4167 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4168 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4169 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4170 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4171 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4172 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4173 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4174 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4175 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 4176 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 4177 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4178 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4179 } 4180 } 4181 4182 return TagD; 4183 } 4184 4185 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4186 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4187 /// 4188 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4189 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4190 Scope *S, 4191 DeclContext *Owner, 4192 DeclarationName Name, 4193 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4194 bool IsUnion) { 4195 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4196 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4197 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4198 4199 // Pick a representative declaration. 4200 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4201 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4202 4203 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4204 return false; 4205 4206 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4207 << IsUnion << Name; 4208 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4209 4210 return true; 4211 } 4212 4213 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4214 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4215 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4216 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4217 /// struct, e.g., 4218 /// 4219 /// @code 4220 /// union { 4221 /// int i; 4222 /// float f; 4223 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4224 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4225 /// @endcode 4226 /// 4227 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4228 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4229 static bool 4230 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4231 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4232 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4233 bool Invalid = false; 4234 4235 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4236 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4237 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4238 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4239 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4240 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4241 VD->getLocation(), 4242 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4243 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4244 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4245 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4246 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4247 Invalid = true; 4248 } else { 4249 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4250 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4251 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4252 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4253 // anonymous union is declared. 4254 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4255 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4256 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4257 else 4258 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4259 4260 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4261 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4262 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4263 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4264 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4265 4266 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4267 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4268 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4269 4270 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4271 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4272 4273 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4274 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4275 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4276 4277 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4278 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4279 4280 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4281 } 4282 } 4283 } 4284 4285 return Invalid; 4286 } 4287 4288 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4289 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4290 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4291 static StorageClass 4292 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4293 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4294 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4295 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4296 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4297 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4298 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4299 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4300 return SC_None; 4301 return SC_Extern; 4302 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4303 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4304 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4305 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4306 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4307 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4308 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4309 } 4310 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4311 } 4312 4313 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4314 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4315 4316 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4317 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4318 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4319 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4320 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4321 return FD->getLocation(); 4322 } 4323 4324 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4325 } 4326 4327 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4328 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4329 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4330 return; 4331 4332 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4333 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4334 } 4335 4336 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4337 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4338 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4339 return; 4340 4341 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4342 } 4343 4344 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4345 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4346 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4347 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4348 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4349 AccessSpecifier AS, 4350 RecordDecl *Record, 4351 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4352 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4353 4354 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4355 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4356 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4357 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4358 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4359 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4360 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4361 4362 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4363 // structs/unions. 4364 bool Invalid = false; 4365 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4366 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4367 unsigned DiagID; 4368 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4369 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4370 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4371 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4372 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4373 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4374 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4375 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4376 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4377 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4378 4379 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4380 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4381 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4382 } 4383 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4384 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4385 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4386 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4387 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4388 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4389 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4390 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4391 4392 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4393 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4394 SourceLocation(), 4395 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4396 } 4397 } 4398 4399 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4400 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4401 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4402 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4403 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4404 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4405 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4406 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4407 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4408 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4409 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4410 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4411 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4412 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4413 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4414 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4415 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4416 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4417 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4418 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4419 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4420 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4421 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4422 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4423 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4424 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4425 4426 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4427 } 4428 4429 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4430 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4431 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4432 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4433 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4434 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4435 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4436 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4437 // members (clause 11). 4438 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4439 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4440 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4441 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4442 Invalid = true; 4443 } 4444 4445 // C++ [class.union]p1 4446 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4447 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4448 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4449 // array of such objects. 4450 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4451 Invalid = true; 4452 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4453 // Any implicit members are fine. 4454 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4455 // This is a type that showed up in an 4456 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4457 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4458 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4459 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4460 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4461 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4462 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4463 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4464 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4465 << Record->isUnion(); 4466 else { 4467 // This is a nested type declaration. 4468 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4469 << Record->isUnion(); 4470 Invalid = true; 4471 } 4472 } else { 4473 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4474 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4475 // not part of standard C++. 4476 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4477 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4478 << Record->isUnion(); 4479 } 4480 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4481 // Any access specifier is fine. 4482 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4483 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4484 } else { 4485 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4486 // member. Complain about it. 4487 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4488 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4489 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4490 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4491 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4492 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4493 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4494 4495 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4496 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4497 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4498 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4499 << Record->isUnion(); 4500 else { 4501 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4502 Invalid = true; 4503 } 4504 } 4505 } 4506 4507 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4508 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4509 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4510 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4511 Owner->isRecord()) 4512 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4513 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4514 } 4515 4516 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4517 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4518 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4519 Invalid = true; 4520 } 4521 4522 // Mock up a declarator. 4523 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4524 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4525 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4526 4527 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4528 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4529 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4530 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4531 DS.getLocStart(), 4532 Record->getLocation(), 4533 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4534 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4535 TInfo, 4536 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4537 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4538 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4539 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4540 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4541 } else { 4542 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4543 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4544 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4545 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4546 // an error here 4547 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4548 Invalid = true; 4549 SC = SC_None; 4550 } 4551 4552 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4553 DS.getLocStart(), 4554 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4555 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4556 TInfo, SC); 4557 4558 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4559 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4560 // initializer: 4561 // union { int n = 0; }; 4562 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon); 4563 } 4564 Anon->setImplicit(); 4565 4566 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4567 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4568 4569 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4570 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4571 // its members. 4572 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4573 4574 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4575 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4576 // purposes. 4577 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4578 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4579 4580 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4581 Invalid = true; 4582 4583 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4584 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4585 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4586 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4587 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4588 Context.setManglingNumber( 4589 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4590 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4591 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4592 } 4593 } 4594 } 4595 4596 if (Invalid) 4597 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4598 4599 return Anon; 4600 } 4601 4602 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4603 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4604 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4605 /// Example: 4606 /// 4607 /// struct A { int a; }; 4608 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4609 /// 4610 /// void foo() { 4611 /// B var; 4612 /// var.a = 3; 4613 /// } 4614 /// 4615 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4616 RecordDecl *Record) { 4617 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4618 4619 // Mock up a declarator. 4620 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4621 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4622 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4623 4624 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4625 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4626 4627 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4628 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4629 ParentDecl, 4630 DS.getLocStart(), 4631 DS.getLocStart(), 4632 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4633 RecTy, 4634 TInfo, 4635 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4636 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4637 Anon->setImplicit(); 4638 4639 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4640 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4641 4642 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4643 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4644 // purposes. 4645 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4646 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4647 4648 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4649 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4650 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4651 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4652 AS_none, Chain)) { 4653 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4654 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4655 } 4656 4657 return Anon; 4658 } 4659 4660 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4661 /// given Declarator. 4662 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4663 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4664 } 4665 4666 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4667 DeclarationNameInfo 4668 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4669 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4670 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4671 4672 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4673 4674 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4675 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4676 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4677 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4678 return NameInfo; 4679 4680 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DeductionGuideName: { 4681 // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3: 4682 // The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization. 4683 // The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name 4684 // of the simple-template-id. 4685 // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a 4686 // class template. 4687 // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {}; 4688 // template<typename T> using Y = X<T>; 4689 // Y(int) -> Y<int>; 4690 // satisfies these rules but does not name a class template. 4691 TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get(); 4692 auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl(); 4693 if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) { 4694 Diag(Name.StartLocation, 4695 diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template) 4696 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN; 4697 if (Template) 4698 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); 4699 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4700 } 4701 4702 NameInfo.setName( 4703 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template)); 4704 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4705 return NameInfo; 4706 } 4707 4708 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4709 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4710 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4711 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4712 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4713 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4714 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4715 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4716 return NameInfo; 4717 4718 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4719 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4720 Name.Identifier)); 4721 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4722 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4723 return NameInfo; 4724 4725 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4726 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4727 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4728 if (Ty.isNull()) 4729 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4730 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4731 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4732 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4733 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4734 return NameInfo; 4735 } 4736 4737 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4738 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4739 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4740 if (Ty.isNull()) 4741 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4742 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4743 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4744 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4745 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4746 return NameInfo; 4747 } 4748 4749 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4750 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4751 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4752 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4753 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4754 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4755 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4756 4757 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4758 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4759 4760 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4761 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4762 // was qualified. 4763 4764 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4765 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4766 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4767 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4768 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4769 return NameInfo; 4770 } 4771 4772 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4773 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4774 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4775 if (Ty.isNull()) 4776 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4777 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4778 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4779 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4780 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4781 return NameInfo; 4782 } 4783 4784 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4785 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4786 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4787 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4788 } 4789 4790 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4791 4792 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4793 } 4794 4795 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4796 do { 4797 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4798 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4799 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4800 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4801 else 4802 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4803 } while (true); 4804 } 4805 4806 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4807 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4808 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4809 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4810 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4811 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4812 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4813 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4814 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4815 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4816 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4817 Params.clear(); 4818 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4819 return false; 4820 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4821 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4822 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4823 4824 // The parameter types are identical 4825 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4826 continue; 4827 4828 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4829 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4830 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4831 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4832 4833 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4834 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4835 Params.push_back(Idx); 4836 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4837 return false; 4838 } 4839 4840 return true; 4841 } 4842 4843 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4844 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4845 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4846 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4847 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4848 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4849 DeclarationName Name) { 4850 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4851 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4852 // - types which will become injected class names 4853 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4854 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4855 // few cases here. 4856 4857 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4858 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4859 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4860 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4861 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4862 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4863 // Grab the type from the parser. 4864 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4865 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4866 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4867 4868 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4869 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4870 // attached already. 4871 if (!TSI) 4872 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4873 4874 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4875 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4876 if (!TSI) return true; 4877 4878 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4879 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4880 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4881 break; 4882 } 4883 4884 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4885 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4886 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4887 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4888 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4889 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4890 break; 4891 } 4892 4893 default: 4894 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4895 break; 4896 } 4897 4898 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4899 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4900 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4901 4902 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4903 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4904 // pointer. 4905 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4906 continue; 4907 4908 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4909 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4910 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4911 return true; 4912 } 4913 4914 return false; 4915 } 4916 4917 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4918 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4919 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4920 4921 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4922 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4923 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4924 4925 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 4926 setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl); 4927 4928 return Dcl; 4929 } 4930 4931 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4932 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4933 /// name different from T: 4934 /// - every static data member of class T; 4935 /// - every member function of class T 4936 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4937 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4938 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4939 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4940 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4941 4942 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4943 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 4944 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 4945 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4946 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4947 return true; 4948 } 4949 4950 return false; 4951 } 4952 4953 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4954 /// nested-name-specifier. 4955 /// 4956 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4957 /// 4958 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4959 /// resolves. 4960 /// 4961 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4962 /// 4963 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4964 /// 4965 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4966 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4967 DeclarationName Name, 4968 SourceLocation Loc) { 4969 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4970 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4971 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4972 4973 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4974 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4975 // 4976 // class X { 4977 // void X::f(); 4978 // }; 4979 // 4980 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4981 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4982 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4983 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4984 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4985 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4986 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4987 SS.clear(); 4988 } else { 4989 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4990 } 4991 return false; 4992 } 4993 4994 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4995 // declaration. 4996 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4997 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4998 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4999 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5000 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 5001 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 5002 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5003 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 5004 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 5005 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5006 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 5007 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 5008 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5009 else 5010 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 5011 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 5012 5013 return true; 5014 } 5015 5016 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5017 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 5018 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5019 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5020 SS.clear(); 5021 5022 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 5023 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 5024 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 5025 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 5026 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 5027 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 5028 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 5029 return true; 5030 5031 return false; 5032 } 5033 5034 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 5035 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 5036 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 5037 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 5038 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 5039 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 5040 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 5041 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 5042 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 5043 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 5044 5045 return false; 5046 } 5047 5048 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5049 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 5050 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5051 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5052 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5053 5054 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 5055 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 5056 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5057 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 5058 } else if (!Name) { 5059 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 5060 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5061 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 5062 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 5063 return nullptr; 5064 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5065 return nullptr; 5066 5067 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 5068 // we find one that is. 5069 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 5070 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 5071 S = S->getParent(); 5072 5073 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5074 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 5075 D.setInvalidType(); 5076 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5077 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5078 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 5079 return nullptr; 5080 5081 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5082 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 5083 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 5084 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 5085 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 5086 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 5087 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 5088 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5089 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 5090 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 5091 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5092 return nullptr; 5093 } 5094 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 5095 5096 if (!IsDependentContext && 5097 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 5098 return nullptr; 5099 5100 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 5101 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 5102 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5103 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 5104 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5105 return nullptr; 5106 } 5107 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5108 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 5109 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 5110 if (DC->isRecord()) 5111 return nullptr; 5112 5113 D.setInvalidType(); 5114 } 5115 } 5116 5117 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 5118 // declaration in the current instantiation. 5119 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 5120 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 5121 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5122 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 5123 D.setInvalidType(); 5124 } 5125 } 5126 5127 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5128 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5129 5130 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 5131 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 5132 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 5133 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 5134 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5135 return nullptr; 5136 5137 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5138 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5139 D.setInvalidType(); 5140 5141 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5142 ForRedeclaration); 5143 5144 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5145 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5146 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5147 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5148 5149 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5150 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5151 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5152 // 5153 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5154 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5155 // the same name. 5156 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5157 /* Do nothing*/; 5158 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5159 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5160 R->isFunctionType())) { 5161 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5162 CreateBuiltins = 5163 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5164 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5165 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5166 CreateBuiltins = true; 5167 5168 if (IsLinkageLookup) 5169 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5170 5171 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5172 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5173 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5174 5175 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5176 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5177 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5178 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5179 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5180 // thereof; [...] 5181 // 5182 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5183 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5184 // we want to match. For example, given: 5185 // 5186 // class X { 5187 // void f(); 5188 // void f(float); 5189 // }; 5190 // 5191 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5192 // 5193 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5194 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5195 // matches. 5196 5197 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5198 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5199 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5200 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5201 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5202 } 5203 5204 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5205 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5206 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5207 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5208 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5209 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5210 5211 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5212 Previous.clear(); 5213 } 5214 5215 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5216 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5217 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 5218 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 5219 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5220 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5221 Previous.clear(); 5222 5223 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5224 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5225 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5226 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5227 5228 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5229 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 5230 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 5231 // template, declared in namespace scope 5232 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5233 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5234 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5235 return nullptr; 5236 } 5237 5238 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5239 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5240 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 5241 return nullptr; 5242 } 5243 } 5244 5245 NamedDecl *New; 5246 5247 bool AddToScope = true; 5248 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5249 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5250 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5251 return nullptr; 5252 } 5253 5254 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5255 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5256 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5257 TemplateParamLists, 5258 AddToScope); 5259 } else { 5260 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5261 AddToScope); 5262 } 5263 5264 if (!New) 5265 return nullptr; 5266 5267 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5268 // add it to the scope stack. 5269 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) { 5270 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5271 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5272 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5273 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5274 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5275 if (!AddToContext) 5276 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5277 } 5278 5279 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5280 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5281 5282 return New; 5283 } 5284 5285 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5286 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5287 /// GCC compatibility). 5288 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5289 ASTContext &Context, 5290 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5291 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5292 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5293 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5294 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5295 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5296 SizeIsNegative = false; 5297 Oversized = 0; 5298 5299 if (T->isDependentType()) 5300 return QualType(); 5301 5302 QualifierCollector Qs; 5303 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5304 5305 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5306 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5307 QualType FixedType = 5308 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5309 Oversized); 5310 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5311 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5312 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5313 } 5314 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5315 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5316 QualType FixedType = 5317 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5318 Oversized); 5319 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5320 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5321 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5322 } 5323 5324 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5325 if (!VLATy) 5326 return QualType(); 5327 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5328 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5329 return QualType(); 5330 5331 llvm::APSInt Res; 5332 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5333 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5334 return QualType(); 5335 5336 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5337 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5338 SizeIsNegative = true; 5339 return QualType(); 5340 } 5341 5342 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5343 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5344 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5345 Res); 5346 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5347 Oversized = Res; 5348 return QualType(); 5349 } 5350 5351 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5352 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5353 } 5354 5355 static void 5356 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5357 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5358 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5359 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5360 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5361 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5362 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5363 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5364 return; 5365 } 5366 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5367 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5368 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5369 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5370 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5371 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5372 return; 5373 } 5374 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5375 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5376 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5377 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5378 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5379 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5380 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5381 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5382 } 5383 5384 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5385 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5386 /// GCC compatibility). 5387 static TypeSourceInfo* 5388 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5389 ASTContext &Context, 5390 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5391 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5392 QualType FixedTy 5393 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5394 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5395 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5396 return nullptr; 5397 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5398 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5399 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5400 return FixedTInfo; 5401 } 5402 5403 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5404 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5405 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5406 /// function-scope declarations. 5407 void 5408 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5409 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5410 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5411 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5412 return; 5413 5414 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5415 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5416 } 5417 5418 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5419 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5420 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5421 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5422 } 5423 5424 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5425 /// does not identify a function. 5426 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5427 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5428 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5429 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5430 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5431 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5432 5433 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5434 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5435 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5436 5437 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5438 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5439 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5440 } 5441 5442 NamedDecl* 5443 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5444 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5445 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5446 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5447 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5448 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5449 D.setInvalidType(); 5450 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5451 DC = CurContext; 5452 Previous.clear(); 5453 } 5454 5455 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5456 5457 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5458 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5459 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 5460 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5461 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5462 << 1; 5463 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5464 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5465 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5466 5467 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5468 if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedId::IK_DeductionGuideName) 5469 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, 5470 diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier) 5471 << "typedef"; 5472 else 5473 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5474 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5475 return nullptr; 5476 } 5477 5478 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5479 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5480 5481 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5482 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5483 5484 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5485 5486 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5487 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5488 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5489 return ND; 5490 } 5491 5492 void 5493 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5494 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5495 // then it shall have block scope. 5496 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5497 // that redeclarations will match. 5498 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5499 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5500 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5501 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5502 5503 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5504 bool SizeIsNegative; 5505 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5506 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5507 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5508 SizeIsNegative, 5509 Oversized); 5510 if (FixedTInfo) { 5511 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5512 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5513 } else { 5514 if (SizeIsNegative) 5515 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5516 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5517 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5518 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5519 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5520 << Oversized.toString(10); 5521 else 5522 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5523 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5524 } 5525 } 5526 } 5527 } 5528 5529 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5530 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5531 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5532 NamedDecl* 5533 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5534 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5535 5536 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 5537 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous); 5538 5539 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5540 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5541 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5542 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5543 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5544 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5545 Redeclaration = true; 5546 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5547 } 5548 5549 if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration) 5550 CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 5551 5552 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5553 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5554 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5555 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5556 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5557 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5558 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5559 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5560 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5561 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5562 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5563 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5564 } 5565 5566 return NewTD; 5567 } 5568 5569 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5570 /// previous declaration. 5571 /// 5572 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5573 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5574 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5575 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5576 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5577 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5578 /// 5579 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5580 /// lookup 5581 /// 5582 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5583 /// declared. 5584 /// 5585 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5586 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5587 static bool 5588 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5589 ASTContext &Context) { 5590 if (!PrevDecl) 5591 return false; 5592 5593 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5594 return false; 5595 5596 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5597 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5598 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5599 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5600 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5601 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5602 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5603 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5604 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5605 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5606 return false; 5607 5608 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5609 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5610 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5611 return false; 5612 5613 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5614 // previous declarations. 5615 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5616 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5617 5618 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5619 // isn't the same function. 5620 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5621 return false; 5622 } 5623 5624 return true; 5625 } 5626 5627 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5628 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5629 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5630 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5631 } 5632 5633 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5634 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5635 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5636 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5637 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5638 unsigned kind = -1U; 5639 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5640 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5641 kind = 0; // __block 5642 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5643 kind = 1; // global 5644 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5645 kind = 3; // ivar 5646 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5647 kind = 2; // field 5648 } 5649 5650 if (kind != -1U) { 5651 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5652 << kind; 5653 } 5654 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5655 // Try to infer lifetime. 5656 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5657 return false; 5658 5659 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5660 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5661 decl->setType(type); 5662 } 5663 5664 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5665 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5666 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5667 var->getTLSKind()) { 5668 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5669 << var->getType(); 5670 return true; 5671 } 5672 } 5673 5674 return false; 5675 } 5676 5677 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5678 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5679 // the wrong linkage. 5680 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5681 5682 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5683 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5684 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5685 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5686 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5687 } 5688 } 5689 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5690 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5691 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5692 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5693 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5694 } 5695 } 5696 5697 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5698 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5699 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5700 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5701 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5702 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 5703 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5704 } 5705 } 5706 } 5707 5708 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5709 // It does not apply to functions. 5710 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5711 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5712 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5713 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5714 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5715 } 5716 } 5717 5718 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5719 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5720 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5721 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5722 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5723 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5724 << &ND << Attr; 5725 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5726 } 5727 } 5728 5729 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5730 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5731 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5732 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5733 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5734 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5735 << Attr; 5736 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5737 } 5738 } 5739 5740 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5741 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5742 bool IsSpecialization, 5743 bool IsDefinition) { 5744 if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5745 return; 5746 5747 bool IsTemplate = false; 5748 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5749 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5750 IsTemplate = true; 5751 if (!IsSpecialization) 5752 IsDefinition = false; 5753 } 5754 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5755 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5756 IsTemplate = true; 5757 } 5758 5759 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5760 return; 5761 5762 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5763 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5764 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5765 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5766 5767 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5768 // inherited attribute instances. 5769 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5770 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5771 5772 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5773 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5774 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5775 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5776 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5777 5778 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5779 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5780 bool JustWarn = false; 5781 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5782 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5783 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5784 JustWarn = true; 5785 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5786 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5787 JustWarn = true; 5788 } 5789 5790 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5791 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5792 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5793 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5794 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5795 JustWarn = false; 5796 5797 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5798 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5799 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5800 << NewDecl 5801 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5802 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5803 if (!JustWarn) { 5804 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5805 return; 5806 } 5807 } 5808 5809 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5810 // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function 5811 // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or 5812 // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if 5813 // it were marked dllexport. 5814 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5815 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 5816 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5817 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5818 // separately. 5819 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5820 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 5821 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 5822 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5823 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5824 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5825 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5826 } 5827 5828 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && 5829 (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoft && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember && 5830 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5831 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 5832 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5833 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 5834 << NewDecl; 5835 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5836 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5837 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( 5838 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, 5839 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); 5840 } else { 5841 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5842 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5843 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5844 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5845 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5846 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5847 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5848 } 5849 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 5850 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5851 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5852 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5853 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5854 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5855 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5856 } 5857 } 5858 5859 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5860 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5861 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5862 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5863 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5864 5865 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5866 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5867 5868 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5869 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5870 return false; 5871 5872 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5873 return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5874 } 5875 5876 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5877 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5878 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5879 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5880 /// 5881 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5882 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5883 /// 5884 /// For instance: 5885 /// 5886 /// auto x = []{}; 5887 /// 5888 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5889 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5890 /// 5891 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5892 template<typename T> 5893 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5894 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5895 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5896 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5897 return false; 5898 5899 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 5900 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5901 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5902 return false; 5903 } 5904 return D->isExternC(); 5905 } 5906 5907 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5908 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5909 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5910 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5911 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5912 return true; 5913 if (DC->isRecord()) 5914 return false; 5915 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5916 } 5917 5918 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5919 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5920 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 5921 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5922 return true; 5923 if (DC->isRecord()) 5924 return false; 5925 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5926 } 5927 5928 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5929 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5930 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5931 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5932 return true; 5933 return false; 5934 } 5935 5936 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5937 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5938 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5939 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5940 return true; 5941 5942 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5943 // position to the decl itself. 5944 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5945 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5946 return true; 5947 } 5948 5949 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5950 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5951 } 5952 5953 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5954 /// function-local external declaration. 5955 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5956 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5957 return false; 5958 5959 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5960 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5961 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5962 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5963 return true; 5964 5965 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5966 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5967 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5968 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5969 // 5970 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5971 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5972 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5973 DC = DC->getParent(); 5974 return true; 5975 } 5976 5977 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5978 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5979 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5980 return FD->isExternC(); 5981 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5982 return VD->isExternC(); 5983 5984 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5985 } 5986 5987 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 5988 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5989 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5990 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 5991 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5992 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5993 5994 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5995 5996 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5997 AddToScope = false; 5998 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 5999 // purposes. 6000 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 6001 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 6002 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 6003 Name = II; 6004 } 6005 } else if (!II) { 6006 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name; 6007 return nullptr; 6008 } 6009 6010 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6011 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 6012 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 6013 // argument. 6014 if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) { 6015 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6016 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 6017 << R; 6018 D.setInvalidType(); 6019 return nullptr; 6020 } 6021 6022 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6023 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 6024 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q: 6025 // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope. 6026 if (NULL == S->getParent()) { 6027 if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) { 6028 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6029 diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R; 6030 D.setInvalidType(); 6031 return nullptr; 6032 } 6033 } 6034 6035 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 6036 QualType NR = R; 6037 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 6038 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 6039 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 6040 D.setInvalidType(); 6041 break; 6042 } 6043 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 6044 } 6045 6046 if (!getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) { 6047 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 6048 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 6049 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 6050 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 6051 D.setInvalidType(); 6052 } 6053 } 6054 6055 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 6056 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 6057 // space qualifiers. 6058 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 6059 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 6060 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 6061 } 6062 6063 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6064 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 6065 // address space qualifiers. 6066 if (R->isEventT()) { 6067 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 6068 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 6069 D.setInvalidType(); 6070 } 6071 } 6072 } 6073 6074 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 6075 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 6076 6077 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 6078 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 6079 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 6080 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 6081 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 6082 SC = SC_Extern; 6083 6084 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6085 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 6086 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6087 6088 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 6089 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 6090 // an error here 6091 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 6092 D.setInvalidType(); 6093 SC = SC_None; 6094 } 6095 6096 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 6097 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 6098 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 6099 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 6100 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 6101 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 6102 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6103 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 6104 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 6105 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6106 } 6107 6108 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 6109 6110 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 6111 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 6112 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 6113 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 6114 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 6115 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 6116 D.setInvalidType(); 6117 } 6118 } 6119 6120 bool IsMemberSpecialization = false; 6121 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 6122 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 6123 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 6124 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 6125 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 6126 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 6127 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6128 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6129 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6130 R, TInfo, SC); 6131 6132 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6133 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6134 6135 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6136 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6137 } else { 6138 bool Invalid = false; 6139 6140 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6141 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 6142 switch (SC) { 6143 case SC_None: 6144 break; 6145 case SC_Static: 6146 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6147 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6148 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6149 break; 6150 case SC_Auto: 6151 case SC_Register: 6152 case SC_Extern: 6153 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6154 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6155 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6156 // of class members 6157 6158 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6159 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6160 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6161 break; 6162 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6163 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6164 } 6165 } 6166 6167 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6168 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6169 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6170 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6171 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6172 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6173 6174 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6175 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6176 if (RD->isUnion()) 6177 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6178 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6179 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6180 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6181 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6182 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6183 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6184 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6185 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6186 } 6187 } 6188 6189 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6190 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6191 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6192 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6193 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6194 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6195 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6196 : nullptr, 6197 TemplateParamLists, 6198 /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, Invalid); 6199 6200 if (TemplateParams) { 6201 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6202 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6203 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6204 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6205 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6206 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6207 << II 6208 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6209 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6210 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6211 } else { 6212 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6213 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6214 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6215 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6216 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6217 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6218 // This is a template declaration. 6219 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6220 6221 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6222 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6223 return nullptr; 6224 6225 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6226 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6227 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6228 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6229 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6230 } 6231 } 6232 } else { 6233 assert( 6234 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 6235 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6236 } 6237 6238 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6239 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6240 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6241 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6242 : SourceLocation(); 6243 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6244 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6245 IsPartialSpecialization); 6246 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6247 return nullptr; 6248 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6249 AddToScope = false; 6250 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6251 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6252 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 6253 Bindings); 6254 } else 6255 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6256 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6257 6258 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6259 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6260 NewTemplate = 6261 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6262 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6263 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6264 } 6265 6266 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6267 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6268 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6269 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6270 6271 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6272 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6273 if (NewTemplate) 6274 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6275 } 6276 6277 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6278 6279 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6280 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6281 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6282 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6283 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6284 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6285 6286 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6287 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6288 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6289 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6290 // implicitly an inline variable. 6291 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) 6292 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6293 } 6294 6295 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 6296 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6297 VTD->setConcept(); 6298 6299 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 6300 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 6301 // specifiers, [...] 6302 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 6303 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6304 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6305 << 0 << 0; 6306 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6307 } 6308 6309 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6310 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6311 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6312 << 0 << 3; 6313 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6314 } 6315 6316 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 6317 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 6318 // template, declared in namespace scope. 6319 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6320 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 6321 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) 6322 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1); 6323 } 6324 6325 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the 6326 // following restrictions: 6327 // - The declared type shall have the type bool. 6328 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) && 6329 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6330 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl); 6331 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6332 } 6333 } 6334 } 6335 6336 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6337 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6338 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6339 << 0; 6340 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6341 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6342 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6343 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6344 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6345 } else { 6346 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6347 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6348 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6349 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6350 } 6351 } 6352 6353 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6354 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6355 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6356 if (NewTemplate) 6357 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6358 6359 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 6360 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 6361 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6362 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 6363 else 6364 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6365 } 6366 6367 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6368 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6369 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6370 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6371 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6372 // explicitly. 6373 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6374 // 'extern'. 6375 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6376 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6377 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6378 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6379 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6380 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6381 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6382 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6383 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6384 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6385 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6386 // error should be ignored. 6387 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6388 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6389 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6390 // to emit any code for it. 6391 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6392 } else 6393 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6394 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6395 } else 6396 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6397 } 6398 6399 // C99 6.7.4p3 6400 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6401 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6402 // thread storage duration... 6403 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6404 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6405 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6406 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6407 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6408 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6409 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6410 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6411 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6412 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6413 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6414 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6415 } 6416 } 6417 6418 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6419 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6420 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6421 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6422 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6423 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6424 else if (IsMemberSpecialization) 6425 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6426 << 2 6427 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6428 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6429 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6430 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6431 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6432 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6433 else { 6434 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6435 if (NewTemplate) 6436 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6437 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6438 B->setModulePrivate(); 6439 } 6440 } 6441 6442 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6443 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6444 6445 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6446 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6447 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6448 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6449 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6450 // storage [duration]." 6451 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6452 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6453 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6454 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6455 } 6456 } 6457 6458 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6459 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6460 // check the VarDecl itself. 6461 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6462 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6463 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6464 6465 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6466 // retainable type. 6467 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6468 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6469 6470 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6471 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6472 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6473 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6474 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6475 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6476 switch (SC) { 6477 case SC_None: 6478 case SC_Auto: 6479 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6480 break; 6481 case SC_Register: 6482 // Local Named register 6483 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6484 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6485 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6486 break; 6487 case SC_Static: 6488 case SC_Extern: 6489 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6490 break; 6491 } 6492 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6493 // Global Named register 6494 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6495 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6496 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6497 6498 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6499 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6500 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6501 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6502 HasSizeMismatch)) 6503 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6504 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6505 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6506 } 6507 6508 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6509 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6510 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6511 } 6512 } 6513 6514 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6515 Context, Label, 0)); 6516 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6517 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6518 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6519 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6520 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6521 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6522 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6523 } else 6524 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6525 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6526 } 6527 } 6528 6529 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 6530 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty() 6531 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous) 6532 : nullptr; 6533 6534 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6535 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6536 // declaration has linkage). 6537 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6538 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6539 IsMemberSpecialization || 6540 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6541 6542 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6543 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6544 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6545 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6546 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6547 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6548 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6549 6550 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6551 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6552 } else { 6553 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6554 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6555 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6556 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6557 6558 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6559 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6560 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6561 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6562 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6563 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6564 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6565 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6566 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6567 Previous.clear(); 6568 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6569 } 6570 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6571 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6572 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6573 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6574 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6575 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6576 } 6577 6578 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6579 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6580 6581 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...] 6582 // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a 6583 // concept definition. 6584 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization && 6585 !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() && 6586 Previous.isSingleResult()) { 6587 NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6588 if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) { 6589 if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) { 6590 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized) 6591 << 1 /*variable*/ 6592 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/ 6593 : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/); 6594 Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6595 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6596 } 6597 } 6598 } 6599 6600 if (NewTemplate) { 6601 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6602 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6603 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6604 : nullptr; 6605 6606 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6607 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6608 // template declaration. 6609 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6610 TemplateParams, 6611 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6612 : nullptr, 6613 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6614 DC->isDependentContext()) 6615 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6616 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6617 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6618 6619 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6620 // template, make a note of that. 6621 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6622 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6623 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6624 } 6625 } 6626 6627 // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration. 6628 if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration()) 6629 CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 6630 6631 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6632 6633 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6634 // the map of such variables. 6635 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6636 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6637 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6638 6639 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6640 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6641 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6642 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6643 Context.setManglingNumber( 6644 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6645 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6646 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6647 } 6648 } 6649 6650 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6651 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6652 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6653 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6654 6655 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6656 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6657 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6658 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6659 6660 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6661 // behavior. 6662 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6663 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6664 } 6665 6666 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6667 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6668 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6669 IsMemberSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition()); 6670 } 6671 6672 if (NewTemplate) { 6673 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6674 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6675 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6676 return NewTemplate; 6677 } 6678 6679 return NewVD; 6680 } 6681 6682 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 6683 enum ShadowedDeclKind { 6684 SDK_Local, 6685 SDK_Global, 6686 SDK_StaticMember, 6687 SDK_Field, 6688 SDK_Typedef, 6689 SDK_Using 6690 }; 6691 6692 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6693 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6694 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 6695 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6696 return SDK_Using; 6697 else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6698 return SDK_Typedef; 6699 else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 6700 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 6701 6702 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 6703 } 6704 6705 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given 6706 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise. 6707 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 6708 const VarDecl *VD) { 6709 for (const LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) { 6710 if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD) 6711 return Capture.getLocation(); 6712 } 6713 return SourceLocation(); 6714 } 6715 6716 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, 6717 const LookupResult &R) { 6718 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6719 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6720 return false; 6721 6722 // Return false if warning is ignored. 6723 return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()); 6724 } 6725 6726 /// \brief Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null 6727 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 6728 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, 6729 const LookupResult &R) { 6730 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 6731 return nullptr; 6732 6733 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6734 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6735 return nullptr; 6736 6737 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6738 return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) 6739 ? ShadowedDecl 6740 : nullptr; 6741 } 6742 6743 /// \brief Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null 6744 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 6745 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, 6746 const LookupResult &R) { 6747 // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class 6748 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 6749 return nullptr; 6750 6751 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 6752 return nullptr; 6753 6754 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6755 return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr; 6756 } 6757 6758 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6759 /// -Wshadow. 6760 /// 6761 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6762 /// scope. 6763 /// 6764 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable 6765 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6766 /// 6767 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6768 const LookupResult &R) { 6769 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6770 6771 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 6772 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6773 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6774 if (MD->isStatic()) 6775 return; 6776 6777 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 6778 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 6779 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC)) 6780 if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 6781 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 6782 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 6783 ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD}); 6784 return; 6785 } 6786 } 6787 6788 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6789 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6790 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6791 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6792 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6793 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6794 ShadowedDecl = I; 6795 break; 6796 } 6797 } 6798 6799 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6800 6801 unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow; 6802 SourceLocation CaptureLoc; 6803 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && 6804 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) { 6805 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) { 6806 if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) { 6807 if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) { 6808 // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list. 6809 const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()); 6810 // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly. 6811 CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)); 6812 if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6813 WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local; 6814 } else { 6815 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the 6816 // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it. 6817 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()) 6818 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back( 6819 {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)}); 6820 return; 6821 } 6822 } 6823 } 6824 } 6825 6826 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6827 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6828 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6829 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6830 return; 6831 6832 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6833 // static data members from base classes? 6834 6835 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6836 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6837 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6838 } 6839 6840 6841 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6842 6843 // Emit warning and note. 6844 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6845 return; 6846 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 6847 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6848 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6849 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 6850 << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1; 6851 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6852 } 6853 6854 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD 6855 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda. 6856 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) { 6857 for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) { 6858 const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl; 6859 // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured. 6860 SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl); 6861 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6862 Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid() 6863 ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local 6864 : diag::warn_decl_shadow) 6865 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() 6866 << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC; 6867 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6868 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 6869 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0; 6870 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6871 } 6872 } 6873 6874 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6875 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6876 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6877 return; 6878 6879 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6880 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6881 LookupName(R, S); 6882 if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R)) 6883 CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R); 6884 } 6885 6886 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 6887 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 6888 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 6889 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 6890 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 6891 return; 6892 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6893 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 6894 if (!DRE) 6895 return; 6896 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 6897 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 6898 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 6899 return; 6900 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 6901 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6902 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 6903 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 6904 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6905 6906 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 6907 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 6908 } 6909 6910 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6911 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6912 template<typename T> 6913 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6914 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6915 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6916 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6917 6918 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6919 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6920 // declaration. 6921 return false; 6922 } 6923 6924 if (Prev) { 6925 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6926 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6927 // redeclaration. 6928 Previous.clear(); 6929 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6930 return true; 6931 } 6932 6933 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6934 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6935 // declaration. 6936 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6937 return false; 6938 } else { 6939 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6940 // translation unit which might conflict. 6941 if (IsGlobal) { 6942 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6943 IsGlobal = false; 6944 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6945 I != E; ++I) { 6946 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6947 Prev = *I; 6948 break; 6949 } 6950 } 6951 } else { 6952 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6953 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6954 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6955 I != E; ++I) { 6956 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6957 Prev = *I; 6958 break; 6959 } 6960 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6961 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6962 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6963 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6964 // diagnostic. 6965 } 6966 } 6967 6968 if (!Prev) 6969 return false; 6970 } 6971 6972 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6973 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6974 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6975 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6976 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6977 else 6978 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6979 6980 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6981 << IsGlobal << ND; 6982 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6983 << IsGlobal; 6984 return false; 6985 } 6986 6987 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6988 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6989 /// 6990 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6991 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6992 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6993 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6994 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6995 template<typename T> 6996 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6997 LookupResult &Previous) { 6998 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6999 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 7000 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 7001 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 7002 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7003 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 7004 Previous.clear(); 7005 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7006 return true; 7007 } 7008 } 7009 return false; 7010 } 7011 7012 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 7013 // declaration. 7014 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 7015 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 7016 7017 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 7018 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 7019 // in another scope. 7020 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 7021 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 7022 7023 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 7024 return false; 7025 } 7026 7027 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 7028 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7029 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7030 return; 7031 7032 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 7033 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7034 7035 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 7036 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 7037 return; 7038 7039 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 7040 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 7041 7042 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7043 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 7044 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 7045 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7046 NewVD->setType(T); 7047 } 7048 7049 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 7050 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 7051 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 7052 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 7053 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 7054 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 7055 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 7056 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7057 return; 7058 } 7059 7060 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 7061 // scope. 7062 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 7063 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") && 7064 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 7065 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 7066 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7067 return; 7068 } 7069 7070 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7071 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 7072 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7073 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 7074 return; 7075 } 7076 7077 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 7078 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 7079 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 7080 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7081 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 7082 << 0 /*const*/; 7083 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7084 return; 7085 } 7086 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7087 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 7088 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7089 return; 7090 } 7091 } 7092 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 7093 // __constant address space. 7094 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 7095 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 7096 // address space. 7097 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 7098 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7099 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 7100 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7101 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 7102 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 7103 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 7104 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 7105 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7106 << Scope << "global or constant"; 7107 else 7108 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7109 << Scope << "constant"; 7110 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7111 return; 7112 } 7113 } else { 7114 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 7115 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7116 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 7117 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7118 return; 7119 } 7120 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 7121 // in functions. 7122 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7123 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 7124 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 7125 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7126 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7127 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7128 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 7129 else 7130 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7131 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 7132 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7133 return; 7134 } 7135 } 7136 } 7137 } 7138 7139 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 7140 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7141 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 7142 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 7143 else { 7144 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 7145 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 7146 } 7147 } 7148 7149 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 7150 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 7151 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7152 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7153 7154 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 7155 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 7156 bool SizeIsNegative; 7157 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7158 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 7159 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 7160 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 7161 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 7162 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 7163 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 7164 // int a[10][n]; 7165 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 7166 7167 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7168 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 7169 << SizeRange; 7170 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 7171 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 7172 << SizeRange; 7173 else 7174 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 7175 << SizeRange; 7176 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7177 return; 7178 } 7179 7180 if (!FixedTInfo) { 7181 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7182 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 7183 else 7184 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 7185 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7186 return; 7187 } 7188 7189 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7190 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 7191 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 7192 } 7193 7194 if (T->isVoidType()) { 7195 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 7196 // of objects and functions. 7197 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7198 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 7199 << T; 7200 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7201 return; 7202 } 7203 } 7204 7205 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7206 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7207 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7208 return; 7209 } 7210 7211 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7212 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 7213 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7214 return; 7215 } 7216 7217 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 7218 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 7219 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 7220 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7221 return; 7222 } 7223 } 7224 7225 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 7226 /// declaration. 7227 /// 7228 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 7229 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 7230 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 7231 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 7232 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 7233 /// 7234 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 7235 /// 7236 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 7237 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 7238 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 7239 7240 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7241 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7242 return false; 7243 7244 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 7245 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 7246 if (Previous.empty() && 7247 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 7248 Previous.setShadowed(); 7249 7250 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7251 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 7252 return true; 7253 } 7254 return false; 7255 } 7256 7257 namespace { 7258 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7259 Sema *S; 7260 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7261 7262 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7263 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7264 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7265 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7266 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7267 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7268 7269 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7270 7271 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7272 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7273 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7274 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7275 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7276 7277 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7278 } 7279 7280 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7281 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7282 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7283 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7284 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 7285 return true; 7286 } 7287 } 7288 7289 return false; 7290 } 7291 }; 7292 7293 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7294 } // end anonymous namespace 7295 7296 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7297 /// overriden methods. 7298 /// 7299 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7300 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7301 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7302 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7303 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7304 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7305 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 7306 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 7307 I != E; ++I) { 7308 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7309 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7310 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7311 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7312 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 7313 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 7314 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7315 } 7316 } 7317 7318 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7319 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7320 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7321 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7322 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7323 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7324 FOM.Method = MD; 7325 FOM.S = this; 7326 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7327 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7328 bool AddedAny = false; 7329 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7330 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7331 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7332 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7333 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7334 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7335 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7336 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7337 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7338 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7339 AddedAny = true; 7340 } 7341 } 7342 } 7343 } 7344 7345 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7346 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7347 } 7348 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7349 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7350 } 7351 7352 return AddedAny; 7353 } 7354 7355 namespace { 7356 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7357 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7358 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7359 Scope *S; 7360 Declarator &D; 7361 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7362 bool AddToScope; 7363 }; 7364 } // end anonymous namespace 7365 7366 namespace { 7367 7368 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7369 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7370 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7371 public: 7372 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7373 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7374 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7375 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7376 7377 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7378 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7379 return false; 7380 7381 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7382 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7383 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7384 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7385 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7386 7387 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7388 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7389 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7390 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7391 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7392 return true; 7393 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7394 return true; 7395 } 7396 } 7397 } 7398 7399 return false; 7400 } 7401 7402 private: 7403 ASTContext &Context; 7404 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7405 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7406 }; 7407 7408 } // end anonymous namespace 7409 7410 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7411 /// 7412 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7413 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7414 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7415 /// the same name. 7416 /// 7417 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7418 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7419 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7420 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7421 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7422 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7423 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7424 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7425 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7426 TypoCorrection Correction; 7427 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7428 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 7429 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7430 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7431 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7432 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7433 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 7434 7435 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7436 if (IsLocalFriend) 7437 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7438 else 7439 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7440 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7441 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7442 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7443 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7444 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7445 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7446 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7447 if (FD && 7448 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7449 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7450 // involve a parameter 7451 unsigned ParamNum = 7452 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7453 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7454 } 7455 } 7456 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7457 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7458 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7459 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7460 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7461 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7462 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7463 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7464 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7465 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7466 Previous.clear(); 7467 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7468 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7469 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7470 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7471 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7472 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7473 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7474 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7475 } 7476 } 7477 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7478 7479 NamedDecl *Result; 7480 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7481 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7482 { 7483 // Trap errors. 7484 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7485 7486 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7487 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7488 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7489 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7490 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7491 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7492 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7493 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7494 7495 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7496 Result = nullptr; 7497 } 7498 7499 if (Result) { 7500 // Determine which correction we picked. 7501 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7502 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7503 I != E; ++I) 7504 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7505 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7506 7507 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7508 Correction, 7509 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7510 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7511 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7512 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7513 return Result; 7514 } 7515 7516 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7517 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7518 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7519 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7520 Previous.clear(); 7521 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7522 } 7523 7524 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7525 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7526 7527 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7528 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7529 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7530 7531 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7532 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7533 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7534 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7535 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7536 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7537 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7538 7539 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7540 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7541 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7542 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7543 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7544 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7545 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7546 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7547 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7548 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7549 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7550 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7551 } else 7552 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7553 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7554 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7555 } 7556 return nullptr; 7557 } 7558 7559 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7560 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7561 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7562 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7563 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7564 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7565 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7566 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7567 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7568 D.setInvalidType(); 7569 break; 7570 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7571 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7572 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7573 return SC_None; 7574 return SC_Extern; 7575 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7576 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7577 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7578 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7579 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7580 // other than extern 7581 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7582 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7583 diag::err_static_block_func); 7584 break; 7585 } else 7586 return SC_Static; 7587 } 7588 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7589 } 7590 7591 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7592 return SC_None; 7593 } 7594 7595 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7596 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7597 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7598 StorageClass SC, 7599 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7600 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7601 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7602 7603 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7604 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7605 7606 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7607 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7608 // prototype. This true when: 7609 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7610 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non- 7611 // attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a 7612 // function type). 7613 bool HasPrototype = 7614 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7615 (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7616 7617 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7618 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7619 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7620 HasPrototype, false); 7621 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7622 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7623 7624 return NewFD; 7625 } 7626 7627 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7628 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7629 7630 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7631 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7632 // the class has been completely parsed. 7633 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7634 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7635 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7636 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7637 D.setInvalidType(); 7638 7639 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7640 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7641 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7642 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7643 7644 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7645 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7646 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7647 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7648 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7649 isConstexpr); 7650 7651 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7652 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7653 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7654 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7655 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7656 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7657 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7658 D.getLocStart(), 7659 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7660 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7661 7662 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7663 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7664 // it yet. 7665 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7666 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7667 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7668 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7669 } 7670 7671 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7672 return NewDD; 7673 7674 } else { 7675 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7676 D.setInvalidType(); 7677 7678 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7679 // code path. 7680 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7681 D.getLocStart(), 7682 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7683 SC, isInline, 7684 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7685 } 7686 7687 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7688 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7689 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7690 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7691 return nullptr; 7692 } 7693 7694 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7695 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7696 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7697 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7698 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7699 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7700 7701 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) { 7702 SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7703 7704 return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 7705 isExplicit, NameInfo, R, TInfo, 7706 D.getLocEnd()); 7707 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7708 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7709 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7710 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7711 // constructor if it has no return type). 7712 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7713 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7714 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7715 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7716 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7717 return nullptr; 7718 } 7719 7720 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7721 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7722 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7723 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7724 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7725 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7726 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7727 return Ret; 7728 } else { 7729 bool isFriend = 7730 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7731 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7732 return nullptr; 7733 7734 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7735 // prototype. This true when: 7736 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7737 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7738 D.getLocStart(), 7739 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7740 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7741 } 7742 } 7743 7744 enum OpenCLParamType { 7745 ValidKernelParam, 7746 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7747 PtrKernelParam, 7748 InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam, 7749 InvalidKernelParam, 7750 RecordKernelParam 7751 }; 7752 7753 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { 7754 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7755 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7756 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7757 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7758 if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic || 7759 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0) 7760 return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam; 7761 return PtrKernelParam; 7762 } 7763 7764 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7765 // be used as builtin types. 7766 7767 if (PT->isImageType()) 7768 return PtrKernelParam; 7769 7770 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7771 return InvalidKernelParam; 7772 7773 if (PT->isEventT()) 7774 return InvalidKernelParam; 7775 7776 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: 7777 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in 7778 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. 7779 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType()) 7780 return InvalidKernelParam; 7781 7782 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7783 return RecordKernelParam; 7784 7785 return ValidKernelParam; 7786 } 7787 7788 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7789 Sema &S, 7790 Declarator &D, 7791 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7792 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7793 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7794 7795 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7796 // used again 7797 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7798 return; 7799 7800 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { 7801 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7802 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7803 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7804 // pointer to a pointer type. 7805 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7806 D.setInvalidType(); 7807 return; 7808 7809 case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam: 7810 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5: 7811 // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point 7812 // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or 7813 // __constant. 7814 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space); 7815 D.setInvalidType(); 7816 return; 7817 7818 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7819 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7820 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7821 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7822 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7823 7824 case InvalidKernelParam: 7825 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7826 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7827 // of event_t type. 7828 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument 7829 // type for any function elsewhere. 7830 if (!PT->isHalfType()) 7831 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7832 D.setInvalidType(); 7833 return; 7834 7835 case PtrKernelParam: 7836 case ValidKernelParam: 7837 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7838 return; 7839 7840 case RecordKernelParam: 7841 break; 7842 } 7843 7844 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7845 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7846 7847 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7848 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7849 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7850 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7851 7852 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7853 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7854 7855 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7856 7857 do { 7858 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7859 if (!Next) { 7860 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7861 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7862 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7863 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7864 7865 continue; 7866 } 7867 7868 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7869 // field itself) to the history stack. 7870 const RecordDecl *RD; 7871 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7872 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7873 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7874 } else { 7875 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7876 } 7877 7878 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7879 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7880 7881 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7882 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7883 7884 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7885 continue; 7886 7887 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); 7888 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7889 continue; 7890 7891 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7892 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7893 continue; 7894 } 7895 7896 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7897 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7898 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7899 // union. 7900 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7901 ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) { 7902 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7903 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7904 << PT->isUnionType() 7905 << PT; 7906 } else { 7907 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7908 } 7909 7910 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7911 << PD->getDeclName(); 7912 7913 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7914 // the offending field came from 7915 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7916 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7917 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7918 I != E; ++I) { 7919 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7920 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7921 << OuterField->getType(); 7922 } 7923 7924 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7925 << QT->isPointerType() 7926 << QT; 7927 D.setInvalidType(); 7928 return; 7929 } 7930 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7931 } 7932 7933 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 7934 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 7935 /// nothing. 7936 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 7937 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7938 DC = DC->getParent(); 7939 return DC; 7940 } 7941 7942 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 7943 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 7944 /// nothing. 7945 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 7946 while (S->isClassScope() || 7947 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 7948 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 7949 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 7950 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 7951 S = S->getParent(); 7952 return S; 7953 } 7954 7955 NamedDecl* 7956 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7957 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7958 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7959 bool &AddToScope) { 7960 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7961 7962 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7963 7964 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7965 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7966 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7967 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7968 7969 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7970 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7971 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7972 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7973 7974 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7975 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7976 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7977 7978 bool isFriend = false; 7979 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7980 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 7981 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7982 7983 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7984 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7985 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7986 7987 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7988 7989 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7990 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7991 7992 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7993 isVirtualOkay); 7994 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7995 7996 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7997 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7998 7999 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 8000 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 8001 // context will be different from the semantic context. 8002 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8003 8004 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 8005 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 8006 8007 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8008 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 8009 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 8010 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 8011 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 8012 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 8013 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8014 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8015 // C++ [class.friend]p5 8016 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 8017 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 8018 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8019 } 8020 8021 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 8022 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 8023 // return true). 8024 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 8025 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 8026 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 8027 NewFD->setPure(true); 8028 8029 // C++ [class.union]p2 8030 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 8031 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 8032 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 8033 } 8034 8035 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 8036 isMemberSpecialization = false; 8037 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8038 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8039 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8040 8041 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 8042 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 8043 bool Invalid = false; 8044 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 8045 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 8046 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8047 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 8048 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 8049 ? D.getName().TemplateId 8050 : nullptr, 8051 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization, 8052 Invalid)) { 8053 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8054 // This is a function template 8055 8056 // Check that we can declare a template here. 8057 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 8058 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8059 8060 // A destructor cannot be a template. 8061 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8062 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 8063 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8064 } 8065 8066 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 8067 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 8068 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 8069 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 8070 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 8071 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 8072 Invalid = true; 8073 } 8074 8075 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 8076 NewFD->getLocation(), 8077 Name, TemplateParams, 8078 NewFD); 8079 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8080 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 8081 8082 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 8083 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 8084 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8085 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 8086 } 8087 } else { 8088 // This is a function template specialization. 8089 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8090 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8091 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8092 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8093 8094 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 8095 if (isFriend) { 8096 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 8097 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 8098 8099 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 8100 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 8101 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 8102 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 8103 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 8104 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 8105 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8106 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 8107 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 8108 } 8109 8110 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 8111 << Name << RemoveRange 8112 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 8113 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 8114 } 8115 } 8116 } 8117 else { 8118 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 8119 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 8120 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8121 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8122 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8123 } 8124 8125 if (Invalid) { 8126 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8127 if (FunctionTemplate) 8128 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8129 } 8130 8131 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 8132 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 8133 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 8134 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 8135 // 8136 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8137 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 8138 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8139 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 8140 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8141 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 8142 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8143 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 8144 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8145 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8146 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 8147 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 8148 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8149 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 8150 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8151 } else { 8152 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 8153 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 8154 } 8155 8156 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8157 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 8158 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 8159 } 8160 8161 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8162 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 8163 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 8164 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8165 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 8166 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 8167 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 8168 // thing to do. 8169 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 8170 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 8171 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8172 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8173 QualType Result = 8174 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 8175 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 8176 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 8177 } 8178 8179 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 8180 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 8181 // declaration. 8182 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8183 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 8184 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 8185 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8186 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 8187 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 8188 } 8189 } 8190 8191 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 8192 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 8193 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 8194 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 8195 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8196 !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 8197 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8198 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 8199 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8200 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 8201 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8202 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 8203 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8204 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 8205 // or conversion function. 8206 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8207 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 8208 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8209 } 8210 } 8211 8212 if (isConstexpr) { 8213 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 8214 // are implicitly inline. 8215 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8216 8217 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 8218 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 8219 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 8220 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 8221 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 8222 } 8223 8224 if (isConcept) { 8225 // This is a function concept. 8226 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8227 FTD->setConcept(); 8228 8229 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8230 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 8231 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8232 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8233 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 8234 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8235 } 8236 8237 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 8238 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 8239 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 8240 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8241 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 8242 SourceRange Range; 8243 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 8244 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 8245 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 8246 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 8247 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8248 } else { 8249 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 8250 } 8251 8252 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8253 // following restrictions: 8254 // - The declared return type shall have the type bool. 8255 if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) { 8256 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret); 8257 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8258 } 8259 8260 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8261 // following restrictions: 8262 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 8263 // parameter list. 8264 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 8265 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 8266 } 8267 8268 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 8269 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 8270 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8271 8272 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 8273 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 8274 // specifiers, [...] 8275 if (isInline) { 8276 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8277 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8278 << 1 << 1; 8279 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8280 } 8281 8282 if (isFriend) { 8283 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 8284 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8285 << 1 << 2; 8286 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8287 } 8288 8289 if (isConstexpr) { 8290 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 8291 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8292 << 1 << 3; 8293 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8294 } 8295 8296 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8297 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 8298 // template, declared in namespace scope. 8299 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8300 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8301 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1; 8302 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8303 return NewFD; 8304 } 8305 } 8306 8307 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8308 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8309 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8310 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8311 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8312 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8313 << 0 8314 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8315 } else { 8316 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8317 if (FunctionTemplate) 8318 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8319 } 8320 } 8321 8322 if (isFriend) { 8323 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8324 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8325 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8326 } 8327 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8328 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8329 } 8330 8331 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8332 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8333 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8334 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8335 case FDK_Declaration: 8336 case FDK_Definition: 8337 break; 8338 8339 case FDK_Defaulted: 8340 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8341 break; 8342 8343 case FDK_Deleted: 8344 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8345 break; 8346 } 8347 8348 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8349 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8350 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8351 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8352 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8353 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8354 } 8355 8356 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8357 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8358 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8359 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8360 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8361 // the class. 8362 8363 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8364 // member function definition. 8365 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8366 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8367 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8368 } 8369 8370 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8371 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8372 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8373 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8374 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8375 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8376 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8377 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8378 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8379 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8380 } 8381 8382 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8383 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8384 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8385 isMemberSpecialization || 8386 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8387 8388 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8389 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8390 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8391 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8392 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 8393 SE->getString(), 0)); 8394 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 8395 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 8396 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8397 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 8398 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 8399 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 8400 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 8401 } else 8402 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 8403 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 8404 } 8405 } 8406 8407 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8408 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8409 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8410 unsigned FTIIdx; 8411 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) { 8412 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun; 8413 8414 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8415 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8416 // single void argument. 8417 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8418 // already checks for that case. 8419 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8420 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8421 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8422 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8423 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8424 Params.push_back(Param); 8425 8426 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8427 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8428 } 8429 } 8430 8431 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8432 // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them 8433 // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag 8434 // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always 8435 // the TU. 8436 DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext = 8437 getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext()); 8438 for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) { 8439 auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl); 8440 8441 // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum 8442 // instead. 8443 if (!TD) { 8444 if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl)) 8445 TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); 8446 } 8447 if (!TD) 8448 continue; 8449 DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 8450 if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD)) 8451 continue; 8452 TagDC->removeDecl(TD); 8453 TD->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8454 NewFD->addDecl(TD); 8455 8456 // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag 8457 // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of 8458 // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the 8459 // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f: 8460 // void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s); 8461 if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext) 8462 TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC); 8463 } 8464 } 8465 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8466 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8467 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8468 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8469 // 8470 // @code 8471 // typedef void fn(int); 8472 // fn f; 8473 // @endcode 8474 8475 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8476 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8477 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8478 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8479 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8480 Params.push_back(Param); 8481 } 8482 } else { 8483 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8484 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8485 } 8486 8487 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8488 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8489 8490 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8491 NewFD->addAttr( 8492 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8493 Context, 0)); 8494 8495 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8496 // because all functions have linkage. 8497 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8498 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8499 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8500 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8501 } 8502 8503 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8504 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8505 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8506 NewFD->addAttr( 8507 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8508 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8509 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8510 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8511 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8512 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8513 NewFD)) 8514 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8515 } 8516 8517 // Handle attributes. 8518 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8519 8520 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8521 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8522 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8523 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8524 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 8525 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 8526 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 8527 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8528 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8529 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8530 } 8531 } 8532 8533 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8534 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8535 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8536 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8537 8538 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8539 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8540 8541 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8542 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8543 isMemberSpecialization)); 8544 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8545 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8546 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8547 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8548 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8549 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8550 8551 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8552 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8553 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8554 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8555 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8556 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8557 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8558 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8559 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8560 int DiagID = 8561 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8562 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8563 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8564 } 8565 } 8566 } else { 8567 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8568 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8569 // 8570 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8571 // 8572 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8573 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8574 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8575 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8576 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8577 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8578 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8579 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8580 8581 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8582 // argument list into our AST format. 8583 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8584 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8585 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8586 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8587 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8588 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8589 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8590 TemplateArgs); 8591 8592 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8593 8594 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8595 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8596 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8597 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8598 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8599 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8600 8601 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8602 } else { 8603 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8604 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8605 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8606 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8607 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8608 } 8609 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8610 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8611 // wrote something like: 8612 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8613 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8614 // friend void foo<>(int); 8615 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8616 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8617 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8618 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8619 } 8620 8621 // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because 8622 // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their 8623 // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied, 8624 // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a 8625 // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template 8626 // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below. 8627 if (getLangOpts().CUDA & !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) 8628 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous); 8629 8630 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8631 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8632 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8633 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8634 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8635 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8636 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8637 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8638 TemplateArgs, 8639 InstantiationDependent))) { 8640 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8641 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8642 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8643 Previous)) 8644 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8645 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8646 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8647 && !isFriend) { 8648 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8649 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8650 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8651 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8652 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8653 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8654 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8655 : nullptr), 8656 Previous)) 8657 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8658 8659 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8660 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8661 // specialization (14.7.3) 8662 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8663 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8664 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8665 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8666 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8667 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8668 << SC 8669 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8670 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8671 8672 else 8673 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8674 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8675 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8676 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8677 } 8678 } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8679 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8680 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8681 } 8682 8683 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8684 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8685 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8686 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8687 8688 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8689 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8690 8691 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8692 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8693 isMemberSpecialization)); 8694 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8695 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8696 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8697 } 8698 8699 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8700 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8701 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8702 8703 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8704 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8705 : NewFD); 8706 8707 if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) { 8708 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8709 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8710 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8711 8712 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8713 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8714 } 8715 8716 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8717 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8718 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8719 8720 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8721 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8722 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8723 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8724 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8725 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8726 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8727 : nullptr, 8728 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8729 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8730 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8731 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8732 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8733 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8734 DC->isDependentContext()) 8735 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8736 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8737 } 8738 8739 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8740 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8741 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8742 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8743 AddToScope }; 8744 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8745 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8746 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8747 8748 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8749 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8750 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8751 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8752 8753 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8754 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8755 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8756 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8757 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8758 // can actually do this check immediately. 8759 if (isFriend && 8760 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8761 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8762 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8763 // ignore these 8764 } else { 8765 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8766 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8767 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8768 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8769 // 8770 // class X { 8771 // void f() const; 8772 // }; 8773 // 8774 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8775 // 8776 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8777 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8778 // whether the parameter types are references). 8779 8780 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8781 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8782 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8783 return Result; 8784 } 8785 } 8786 8787 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8788 // to something. 8789 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8790 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8791 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8792 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8793 return Result; 8794 } 8795 } 8796 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8797 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8798 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8799 !isMemberSpecialization) { 8800 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8801 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8802 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8803 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8804 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8805 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8806 // generate them. 8807 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8808 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8809 } 8810 } 8811 8812 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8813 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8814 8815 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8816 8817 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8818 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8819 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8820 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8821 << NewFD; 8822 8823 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8824 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8825 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8826 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8827 EPI.Variadic = true; 8828 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8829 8830 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8831 NewFD->setType(R); 8832 } 8833 8834 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8835 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8836 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8837 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8838 8839 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8840 // marking the function. 8841 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8842 8843 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8844 // a pragma. 8845 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8846 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8847 8848 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8849 // the map of such variables. 8850 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8851 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8852 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8853 8854 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8855 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8856 8857 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8858 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8859 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8860 isMemberSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 8861 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 8862 } 8863 8864 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 8865 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 8866 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8867 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8868 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8869 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8870 8871 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8872 } 8873 8874 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 8875 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 8876 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 8877 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 8878 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 8879 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 8880 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 8881 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 8882 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 8883 } 8884 } 8885 8886 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8887 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8888 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8889 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8890 return FunctionTemplate; 8891 } 8892 } 8893 8894 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8895 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8896 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8897 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8898 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8899 D.setInvalidType(); 8900 } 8901 8902 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8903 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8904 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8905 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8906 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8907 : FixItHint()); 8908 D.setInvalidType(); 8909 } 8910 8911 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8912 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 8913 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8914 } 8915 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 8916 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8917 8918 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 8919 // types. 8920 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 8921 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 8922 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 8923 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 8924 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 8925 D.setInvalidType(); 8926 } 8927 } 8928 } 8929 } 8930 8931 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8932 8933 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8934 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8935 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8936 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8937 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8938 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8939 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8940 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8941 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8942 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8943 AddToScope = false; 8944 } 8945 8946 return NewFD; 8947 } 8948 8949 /// \brief Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be 8950 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. 8951 /// 8952 /// \param D Declaration that is checked. 8953 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the 8954 /// same declaration name. 8955 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl 8956 /// belongs to. 8957 /// 8958 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { 8959 // Any declarations should be put into redeclaration chains except for 8960 // friend declaration in a dependent context that names a function in 8961 // namespace scope. 8962 // 8963 // This allows to compile code like: 8964 // 8965 // void func(); 8966 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() { } }; 8967 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() { } }; 8968 // 8969 // This code snippet is a valid code unless both templates are instantiated. 8970 return !(D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 8971 D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext() && 8972 D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None); 8973 } 8974 8975 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8976 /// 8977 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8978 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8979 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8980 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8981 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8982 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8983 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8984 /// 8985 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8986 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the 8987 /// previous declaration). 8988 /// 8989 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8990 /// 8991 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8992 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8993 LookupResult &Previous, 8994 bool IsMemberSpecialization) { 8995 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8996 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8997 8998 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8999 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 9000 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 9001 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9002 !Previous.isShadowed(); 9003 9004 bool Redeclaration = false; 9005 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 9006 9007 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 9008 // the same name, if appropriate. 9009 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9010 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 9011 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 9012 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 9013 // function to the scope. 9014 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 9015 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9016 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 9017 Redeclaration = true; 9018 OldDecl = Candidate; 9019 } 9020 } else { 9021 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 9022 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 9023 case Ovl_Match: 9024 Redeclaration = true; 9025 break; 9026 9027 case Ovl_NonFunction: 9028 Redeclaration = true; 9029 break; 9030 9031 case Ovl_Overload: 9032 Redeclaration = false; 9033 break; 9034 } 9035 9036 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9037 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 9038 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 9039 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 9040 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 9041 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 9042 Redeclaration ? OldDecl : Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9043 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 9044 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 9045 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 9046 } 9047 } 9048 } 9049 9050 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 9051 if (!Redeclaration && 9052 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 9053 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9054 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 9055 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 9056 Redeclaration = true; 9057 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 9058 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 9059 9060 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 9061 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9062 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9063 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 9064 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 9065 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 9066 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 9067 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 9068 } 9069 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 9070 Redeclaration = false; 9071 OldDecl = nullptr; 9072 } 9073 } 9074 } 9075 } 9076 9077 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 9078 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 9079 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 9080 // 9081 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 9082 // definition of a static member function. 9083 // 9084 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 9085 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 9086 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 9087 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 9088 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 9089 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 9090 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 9091 if (OldDecl) 9092 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 9093 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 9094 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 9095 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9096 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 9097 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 9098 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 9099 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 9100 9101 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 9102 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 9103 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 9104 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 9105 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 9106 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 9107 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 9108 9109 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 9110 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 9111 } 9112 } 9113 } 9114 9115 if (Redeclaration) { 9116 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 9117 // merged. 9118 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 9119 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9120 return Redeclaration; 9121 } 9122 9123 Previous.clear(); 9124 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 9125 9126 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 9127 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 9128 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 9129 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 9130 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 9131 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 9132 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 9133 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 9134 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 9135 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 9136 } 9137 9138 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 9139 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 9140 if (IsMemberSpecialization && 9141 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 9142 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 9143 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 9144 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 9145 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 9146 if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) { 9147 FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl = 9148 OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9149 assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl); 9150 OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 9151 } 9152 } 9153 9154 } else { 9155 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 9156 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 9157 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 9158 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 9159 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 9160 } 9161 } 9162 } 9163 9164 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 9165 9166 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9167 // C++-specific checks. 9168 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9169 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 9170 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 9171 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9172 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 9173 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 9174 9175 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 9176 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 9177 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 9178 DeclarationName Name 9179 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 9180 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 9181 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 9182 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 9183 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9184 return Redeclaration; 9185 } 9186 } 9187 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 9188 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 9189 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 9190 } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 9191 if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 9192 CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD); 9193 9194 // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be 9195 // explicitly specialized. 9196 if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) 9197 Diag(Guide->getLocStart(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized) 9198 << /*explicit specialization*/ 1; 9199 } 9200 9201 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 9202 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9203 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 9204 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 9205 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 9206 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 9207 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 9208 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9209 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 9210 } 9211 } 9212 } 9213 9214 if (Method->isStatic()) 9215 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 9216 } 9217 9218 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 9219 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 9220 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9221 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9222 return Redeclaration; 9223 } 9224 9225 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 9226 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 9227 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9228 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9229 return Redeclaration; 9230 } 9231 9232 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 9233 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 9234 // during delayed parsing anyway. 9235 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 9236 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 9237 9238 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 9239 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 9240 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 9241 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 9242 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 9243 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 9244 // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception 9245 // specification, that's OK. 9246 // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to 9247 // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type. 9248 if (!T.isNull() && 9249 !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T, 9250 NewFD->getType())) 9251 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 9252 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 9253 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 9254 } 9255 9256 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 9257 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 9258 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 9259 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 9260 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 9261 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 9262 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 9263 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 9264 << NewFD << R; 9265 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 9266 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9267 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 9268 } 9269 9270 // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6: 9271 // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification 9272 // [is] part of the function type 9273 // 9274 // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose 9275 // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or 9276 // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in 9277 // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other 9278 // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.) 9279 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { 9280 auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool { 9281 // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function 9282 // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very 9283 // restricted prior to C++17. 9284 if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 9285 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 9286 else if (T->isAnyPointerType()) 9287 T = T->getPointeeType(); 9288 else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 9289 T = MPT->getPointeeType(); 9290 if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9291 if (FPT->isNothrow(Context)) 9292 return true; 9293 return false; 9294 }; 9295 9296 auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9297 bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType()); 9298 for (QualType T : FPT->param_types()) 9299 AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T); 9300 if (AnyNoexcept) 9301 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9302 diag::warn_cxx1z_compat_exception_spec_in_signature) 9303 << NewFD; 9304 } 9305 9306 if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA) 9307 checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous); 9308 } 9309 return Redeclaration; 9310 } 9311 9312 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 9313 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 9314 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 9315 // constexpr is ill-formed. 9316 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 9317 // appear in a declaration of main. 9318 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 9319 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 9320 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9321 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 9322 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 9323 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9324 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 9325 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 9326 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 9327 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 9328 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 9329 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 9330 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 9331 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 9332 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 9333 } 9334 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 9335 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 9336 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 9337 FD->setConstexpr(false); 9338 } 9339 9340 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 9341 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 9342 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 9343 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9344 return; 9345 } 9346 9347 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9348 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9349 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9350 9351 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9352 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 9353 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 9354 // implicit-return-zero rule. 9355 9356 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 9357 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9358 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9359 else { 9360 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 9361 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9362 if (RTRange.isValid()) 9363 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 9364 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 9365 } 9366 } else { 9367 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 9368 // set the flag which tells us that. 9369 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 9370 9371 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 9372 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9373 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9374 else { 9375 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 9376 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9377 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 9378 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 9379 : FixItHint()); 9380 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9381 } 9382 } 9383 9384 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 9385 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 9386 9387 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 9388 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 9389 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 9390 9391 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 9392 9393 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 9394 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 9395 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 9396 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 9397 } 9398 9399 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 9400 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 9401 // getting shifty. 9402 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 9403 HasExtraParameters = false; 9404 9405 if (HasExtraParameters) { 9406 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 9407 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9408 nparams = 3; 9409 } 9410 9411 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 9412 // if we had some location information about types. 9413 9414 QualType CharPP = 9415 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 9416 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 9417 9418 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 9419 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 9420 9421 bool mismatch = true; 9422 9423 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 9424 mismatch = false; 9425 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 9426 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 9427 // char const ** 9428 // char const * const * 9429 // char * const * 9430 9431 QualifierCollector qs; 9432 const PointerType* PT; 9433 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9434 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9435 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 9436 Context.CharTy)) { 9437 qs.removeConst(); 9438 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 9439 } 9440 } 9441 9442 if (mismatch) { 9443 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 9444 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 9445 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9446 } 9447 } 9448 9449 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9450 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 9451 } 9452 9453 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9454 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9455 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9456 } 9457 } 9458 9459 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9460 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9461 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9462 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9463 9464 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 9465 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 9466 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 9467 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 9468 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 9469 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 9470 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 9471 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9472 9473 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9474 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9475 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9476 } 9477 } 9478 9479 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 9480 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 9481 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 9482 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 9483 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 9484 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 9485 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 9486 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 9487 // rules there don't matter.) 9488 const Expr *Culprit; 9489 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9490 return false; 9491 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 9492 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9493 return true; 9494 } 9495 9496 namespace { 9497 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 9498 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 9499 class SelfReferenceChecker 9500 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 9501 Sema &S; 9502 Decl *OrigDecl; 9503 bool isRecordType; 9504 bool isPODType; 9505 bool isReferenceType; 9506 9507 bool isInitList; 9508 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 9509 9510 public: 9511 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 9512 9513 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 9514 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 9515 isPODType = false; 9516 isRecordType = false; 9517 isReferenceType = false; 9518 isInitList = false; 9519 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 9520 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 9521 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 9522 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 9523 } 9524 } 9525 9526 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 9527 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 9528 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 9529 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 9530 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 9531 if (!InitList) { 9532 Visit(E); 9533 return; 9534 } 9535 9536 // Track and increment the index here. 9537 isInitList = true; 9538 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 9539 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 9540 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 9541 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 9542 } 9543 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 9544 } 9545 9546 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed. 9547 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 9548 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 9549 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 9550 Expr *Base = E; 9551 bool ReferenceField = false; 9552 9553 // Get the field memebers used. 9554 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9555 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 9556 if (!FD) 9557 return false; 9558 Fields.push_back(FD); 9559 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 9560 ReferenceField = true; 9561 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9562 } 9563 9564 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 9565 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 9566 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 9567 return false; 9568 9569 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 9570 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 9571 return true; 9572 9573 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 9574 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 9575 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 9576 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 9577 9578 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 9579 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 9580 // initialized, then the use is safe. 9581 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 9582 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 9583 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 9584 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 9585 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 9586 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 9587 return true; 9588 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 9589 break; 9590 } 9591 9592 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 9593 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9594 return true; 9595 } 9596 9597 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 9598 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 9599 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 9600 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 9601 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9602 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 9603 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9604 return; 9605 } 9606 9607 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9608 Visit(CO->getCond()); 9609 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 9610 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 9611 return; 9612 } 9613 9614 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 9615 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9616 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 9617 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 9618 return; 9619 } 9620 9621 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 9622 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 9623 return; 9624 } 9625 9626 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 9627 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 9628 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 9629 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 9630 return; 9631 } 9632 } 9633 9634 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 9635 if (isInitList) { 9636 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 9637 false /*CheckReference*/)) 9638 return; 9639 } 9640 9641 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9642 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9643 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 9644 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9645 return; 9646 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9647 } 9648 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 9649 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9650 return; 9651 } 9652 9653 Visit(E); 9654 } 9655 9656 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 9657 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 9658 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9659 if (isReferenceType) 9660 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 9661 } 9662 9663 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 9664 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 9665 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9666 return; 9667 } 9668 9669 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 9670 } 9671 9672 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 9673 if (isInitList) { 9674 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 9675 return; 9676 } 9677 9678 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 9679 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 9680 9681 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 9682 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 9683 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 9684 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 9685 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9686 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9687 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9688 Warn = false; 9689 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9690 } 9691 9692 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 9693 if (Warn) 9694 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9695 return; 9696 } 9697 9698 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 9699 // Visit that expression. 9700 Visit(Base); 9701 } 9702 9703 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 9704 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 9705 9706 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 9707 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 9708 9709 Visit(Callee); 9710 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 9711 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 9712 } 9713 9714 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9715 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 9716 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 9717 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 9718 if (!isPODType) 9719 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9720 return; 9721 } 9722 9723 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 9724 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9725 return; 9726 } 9727 9728 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9729 } 9730 9731 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 9732 9733 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9734 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9735 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9736 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9737 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9738 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9739 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9740 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9741 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9742 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9743 return; 9744 } 9745 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9746 } 9747 9748 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9749 // Treat std::move as a use. 9750 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9751 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9752 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9753 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9754 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9755 return; 9756 } 9757 } 9758 } 9759 9760 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9761 } 9762 9763 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9764 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9765 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9766 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9767 return; 9768 } 9769 9770 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9771 } 9772 9773 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9774 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9775 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9776 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 9777 Visit(E->getCond()); 9778 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 9779 } 9780 9781 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 9782 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 9783 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 9784 unsigned diag; 9785 if (isReferenceType) { 9786 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 9787 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9788 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9789 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9790 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9791 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9792 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9793 } else { 9794 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9795 return; 9796 } 9797 9798 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9799 S.PDiag(diag) 9800 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9801 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9802 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9803 } 9804 }; 9805 9806 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9807 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9808 bool DirectInit) { 9809 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9810 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9811 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9812 return; 9813 9814 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9815 9816 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9817 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9818 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9819 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9820 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9821 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9822 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9823 return; 9824 9825 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9826 } 9827 } // end anonymous namespace 9828 9829 namespace { 9830 // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is 9831 // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic. 9832 struct VarDeclOrName { 9833 VarDecl *VDecl; 9834 DeclarationName Name; 9835 9836 friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder & 9837 operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) { 9838 return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name; 9839 } 9840 }; 9841 } // end anonymous namespace 9842 9843 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9844 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9845 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9846 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9847 Expr *Init) { 9848 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9849 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9850 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9851 9852 VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name}; 9853 9854 DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType(); 9855 assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type"); 9856 9857 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9858 if (!Init) { 9859 assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?"); 9860 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9861 << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type; 9862 return QualType(); 9863 } 9864 9865 ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits = Init; 9866 if (DirectInit) { 9867 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9868 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9869 } 9870 9871 if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { 9872 assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?"); 9873 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9874 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 9875 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 9876 // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits. 9877 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end()); 9878 return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind, 9879 InitsCopy); 9880 } 9881 9882 if (DirectInit) { 9883 if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9884 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9885 } 9886 9887 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9888 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9889 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9890 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9891 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9892 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9893 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9894 << VN << Type << Range; 9895 return QualType(); 9896 } 9897 9898 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9899 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9900 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9901 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9902 << VN << Type << Range; 9903 return QualType(); 9904 } 9905 9906 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9907 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9908 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9909 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9910 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9911 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range; 9912 return QualType(); 9913 } 9914 9915 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9916 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9917 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9918 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9919 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9920 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9921 return QualType(); 9922 } 9923 Init = Result.get(); 9924 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9925 } 9926 9927 // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1: 9928 // If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier 9929 // is present, e has type cv A 9930 if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && 9931 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) && 9932 DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) 9933 return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(), 9934 Type.getQualifiers()); 9935 9936 QualType DeducedType; 9937 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9938 if (!IsInitCapture) 9939 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9940 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9941 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9942 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9943 << VN 9944 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9945 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9946 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9947 else 9948 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9949 << VN << TSI->getType() 9950 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9951 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9952 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9953 } 9954 9955 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9956 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9957 // checks. 9958 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9959 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9960 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture && 9961 !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9962 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9963 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range; 9964 } 9965 9966 return DeducedType; 9967 } 9968 9969 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, 9970 Expr *Init) { 9971 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9972 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), 9973 VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9974 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9975 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9976 return true; 9977 } 9978 9979 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9980 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9981 9982 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9983 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9984 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9985 9986 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9987 // the previously declared type. 9988 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9989 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9990 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9991 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 9992 } 9993 9994 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9995 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9996 return VDecl->isInvalidDecl(); 9997 } 9998 9999 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 10000 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 10001 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 10002 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 10003 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 10004 // the initializer. 10005 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10006 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 10007 return; 10008 } 10009 10010 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10011 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 10012 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 10013 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 10014 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 10015 return; 10016 } 10017 10018 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 10019 if (!VDecl) { 10020 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 10021 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 10022 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10023 return; 10024 } 10025 10026 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 10027 if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10028 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 10029 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 10030 // TypoExpr. 10031 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 10032 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 10033 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10034 return; 10035 } 10036 Init = Res.get(); 10037 10038 if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init)) 10039 return; 10040 } 10041 10042 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 10043 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 10044 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 10045 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10046 return; 10047 } 10048 10049 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 10050 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 10051 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 10052 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10053 return; 10054 } 10055 10056 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 10057 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 10058 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 10059 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 10060 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 10061 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 10062 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 10063 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 10064 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10065 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10066 return; 10067 } 10068 10069 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10070 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 10071 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10072 AbstractVariableType)) 10073 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10074 } 10075 10076 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, 10077 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise 10078 // handle the situation. 10079 VarDecl *Def; 10080 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl && 10081 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && 10082 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && 10083 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) 10084 return; 10085 10086 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10087 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 10088 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 10089 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 10090 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 10091 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 10092 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 10093 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 10094 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 10095 // 10096 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 10097 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 10098 // declaration with an initializer. 10099 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 10100 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 10101 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 10102 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 10103 diag::note_previous_initializer) 10104 << 0; 10105 return; 10106 } 10107 10108 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 10109 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10110 10111 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 10112 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10113 return; 10114 } 10115 } 10116 10117 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 10118 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 10119 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 10120 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 10121 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10122 return; 10123 } 10124 10125 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 10126 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 10127 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 10128 10129 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 10130 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 10131 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 10132 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 10133 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 10134 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10135 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10136 return; 10137 } 10138 Init = Result.get(); 10139 } 10140 10141 // Perform the initialization. 10142 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 10143 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10144 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 10145 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 10146 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 10147 10148 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 10149 if (CXXDirectInit) 10150 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 10151 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 10152 10153 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 10154 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 10155 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 10156 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 10157 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 10158 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 10159 }); 10160 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 10161 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10162 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 10163 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 10164 } 10165 } 10166 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10167 return; 10168 10169 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 10170 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 10171 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 10172 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 10173 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10174 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10175 return; 10176 } 10177 10178 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 10179 } 10180 10181 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 10182 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 10183 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 10184 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 10185 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 10186 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 10187 } 10188 10189 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 10190 // completed by the initializer. For example: 10191 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 10192 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 10193 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 10194 VDecl->setType(DclT); 10195 10196 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10197 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 10198 10199 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 10200 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 10201 10202 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 10203 // Although this code can still have problems: 10204 // id x = self.weakProp; 10205 // id y = self.weakProp; 10206 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 10207 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 10208 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 10209 if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || 10210 VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) && 10211 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 10212 Init->getLocStart())) 10213 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 10214 } 10215 10216 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 10217 // 10218 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 10219 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 10220 // full-expression. For instance, in: 10221 // 10222 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 10223 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 10224 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 10225 // 10226 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 10227 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 10228 false, 10229 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 10230 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10231 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10232 return; 10233 } 10234 Init = Result.get(); 10235 10236 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 10237 VDecl->setInit(Init); 10238 10239 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 10240 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 10241 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 10242 // C++ does not have this restriction. 10243 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10244 const Expr *Culprit; 10245 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 10246 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10247 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 10248 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 10249 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 10250 // constant expressions. 10251 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 10252 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 10253 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 10254 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 10255 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 10256 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10257 } 10258 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 10259 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 10260 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 10261 // 10262 // struct S { 10263 // static const int value = 17; 10264 // }; 10265 10266 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 10267 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 10268 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 10269 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 10270 // 10271 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 10272 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 10273 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 10274 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause 10275 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 10276 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 10277 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 10278 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 10279 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 10280 10281 // Do nothing on dependent types. 10282 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 10283 10284 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 10285 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 10286 // type. 10287 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 10288 10289 // Require constness. 10290 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 10291 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 10292 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10293 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10294 10295 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 10296 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10297 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 10298 SourceLocation Loc; 10299 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 10300 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 10301 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 10302 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 10303 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 10304 ; // Nothing to check. 10305 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 10306 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 10307 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10308 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 10309 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 10310 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10311 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10312 } else { 10313 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 10314 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 10315 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10316 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10317 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10318 } 10319 10320 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 10321 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 10322 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 10323 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 10324 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 10325 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 10326 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10327 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10328 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 10329 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10330 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10331 } else { 10332 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 10333 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10334 10335 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10336 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10337 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10338 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10339 } 10340 } 10341 10342 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 10343 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 10344 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 10345 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 10346 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10347 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 10348 10349 } else { 10350 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 10351 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10352 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10353 } 10354 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 10355 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when 10356 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a 10357 // defintion. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. 10358 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables 10359 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, 10360 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the 10361 // C++ rules. 10362 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 10363 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || 10364 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && 10365 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && 10366 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 10367 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 10368 10369 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 10370 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10371 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10372 } 10373 10374 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 10375 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 10376 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 10377 // 10378 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 10379 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 10380 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 10381 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 10382 // special case code. 10383 10384 // C++ 8.5p11: 10385 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 10386 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 10387 // class type. 10388 if (CXXDirectInit) { 10389 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 10390 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10391 } else if (DirectInit) { 10392 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 10393 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 10394 } 10395 10396 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 10397 } 10398 10399 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 10400 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 10401 /// of sanity. 10402 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 10403 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 10404 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 10405 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10406 10407 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10408 if (!VD) return; 10409 10410 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10411 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 10412 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 10413 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 10414 10415 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10416 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 10417 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10418 return; 10419 } 10420 10421 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 10422 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 10423 10424 // Require a complete type. 10425 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 10426 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 10427 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10428 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10429 return; 10430 } 10431 10432 // Require a non-abstract type. 10433 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 10434 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10435 AbstractVariableType)) { 10436 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10437 return; 10438 } 10439 10440 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 10441 // though. 10442 } 10443 10444 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) { 10445 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 10446 if (!RealDecl) 10447 return; 10448 10449 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10450 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 10451 10452 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 10453 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10454 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 10455 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10456 return; 10457 } 10458 10459 if (Type->isUndeducedType() && 10460 DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr)) 10461 return; 10462 10463 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 10464 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 10465 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 10466 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 10467 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 10468 // member. 10469 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10470 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { 10471 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 10472 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 10473 // a definition there. 10474 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) { 10475 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10476 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 10477 << Var->getDeclName(); 10478 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10479 return; 10480 } 10481 } else { 10482 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 10483 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10484 return; 10485 } 10486 } 10487 10488 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 10489 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 10490 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 10491 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 10492 if (VTD->isConcept()) { 10493 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 10494 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10495 return; 10496 } 10497 } 10498 10499 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 10500 // be initialized. 10501 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10502 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 10503 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 10504 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 10505 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10506 return; 10507 } 10508 10509 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10510 case VarDecl::Definition: 10511 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 10512 break; 10513 10514 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 10515 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 10516 // a declaration. 10517 // 10518 // Fall through 10519 10520 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 10521 // It's only a declaration. 10522 10523 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 10524 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 10525 // object shall be complete. 10526 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 10527 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10528 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10529 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 10530 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10531 10532 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 10533 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10534 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10535 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10536 AbstractVariableType)) 10537 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10538 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10539 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 10540 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 10541 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 10542 } 10543 10544 return; 10545 10546 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 10547 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 10548 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 10549 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 10550 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 10551 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 10552 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 10553 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 10554 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 10555 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10556 ArrayT->getElementType(), 10557 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 10558 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10559 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10560 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 10561 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 10562 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 10563 // NOTE: code such as the following 10564 // static struct s; 10565 // struct s { int a; }; 10566 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 10567 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 10568 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 10569 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 10570 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10571 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 10572 } 10573 } 10574 10575 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 10576 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10577 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 10578 return; 10579 } 10580 10581 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10582 // definitions with incomplete array type. 10583 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 10584 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10585 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 10586 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10587 return; 10588 } 10589 10590 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10591 // definitions with reference type. 10592 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 10593 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 10594 << Var->getDeclName() 10595 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 10596 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10597 return; 10598 } 10599 10600 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 10601 // variable with dependent type. 10602 if (Type->isDependentType()) 10603 return; 10604 10605 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10606 return; 10607 10608 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 10609 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10610 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 10611 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10612 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10613 return; 10614 } 10615 } else { 10616 return; 10617 } 10618 10619 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10620 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10621 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10622 AbstractVariableType)) { 10623 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10624 return; 10625 } 10626 10627 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 10628 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 10629 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 10630 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 10631 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 10632 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 10633 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 10634 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 10635 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 10636 // types and is declared without an initializer. 10637 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10638 if (const RecordType *Record 10639 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10640 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 10641 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 10642 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 10643 // incompatibilities with C++98. 10644 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 10645 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10646 } 10647 } 10648 10649 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 10650 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 10651 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 10652 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 10653 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 10654 // type shall have a user-declared default 10655 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 10656 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 10657 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 10658 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 10659 // program is ill-formed. 10660 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 10661 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 10662 // default-initialized; [...]. 10663 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 10664 InitializationKind Kind 10665 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 10666 10667 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10668 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10669 if (Init.isInvalid()) 10670 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10671 else if (Init.get()) { 10672 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 10673 // This is important for template substitution. 10674 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10675 } 10676 10677 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 10678 } 10679 } 10680 10681 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 10682 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 10683 if (!D) 10684 return; 10685 10686 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10687 if (!VD) { 10688 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 10689 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10690 return; 10691 } 10692 10693 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10694 10695 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 10696 int Error = -1; 10697 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 10698 case SC_None: 10699 break; 10700 case SC_Extern: 10701 Error = 0; 10702 break; 10703 case SC_Static: 10704 Error = 1; 10705 break; 10706 case SC_PrivateExtern: 10707 Error = 2; 10708 break; 10709 case SC_Auto: 10710 Error = 3; 10711 break; 10712 case SC_Register: 10713 Error = 4; 10714 break; 10715 } 10716 if (Error != -1) { 10717 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 10718 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 10719 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10720 } 10721 } 10722 10723 StmtResult 10724 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 10725 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 10726 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 10727 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 10728 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 10729 // A range-based for statement of the form 10730 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10731 // is equivalent to 10732 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10733 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10734 10735 const char *PrevSpec; 10736 unsigned DiagID; 10737 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 10738 getPrintingPolicy()); 10739 10740 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 10741 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 10742 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 10743 10744 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10745 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 10746 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 10747 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 10748 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10749 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 10750 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 10751 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 10752 } 10753 10754 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 10755 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10756 10757 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10758 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 10759 // initialiser 10760 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 10761 !var->hasInit()) { 10762 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 10763 << 1 /*Init*/; 10764 var->setInvalidDecl(); 10765 return; 10766 } 10767 } 10768 10769 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 10770 // local retaining variable. 10771 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10772 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10773 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 10774 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 10775 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 10776 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 10777 break; 10778 10779 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 10780 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 10781 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10782 break; 10783 } 10784 } 10785 10786 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 10787 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 10788 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 10789 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 10790 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 10791 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10792 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 10793 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 10794 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 10795 var->getLocation())) { 10796 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 10797 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 10798 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 10799 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 10800 10801 if (!prev) 10802 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 10803 } 10804 10805 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. 10806 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; 10807 const Expr *CacheCulprit; 10808 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { 10809 if (!CacheHasConstInit) 10810 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10811 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); 10812 return *CacheHasConstInit; 10813 }; 10814 10815 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 10816 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 10817 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 10818 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 10819 // have a non-trivial destructor. 10820 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 10821 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10822 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10823 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { 10824 if (!checkConstInit()) { 10825 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 10826 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 10827 // initialization. 10828 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 10829 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 10830 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 10831 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10832 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10833 } 10834 } 10835 } 10836 10837 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 10838 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 10839 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10840 !inTemplateInstantiation()) { 10841 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 10842 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 10843 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 10844 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 10845 else if (!var->getInit()) { 10846 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 10847 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10848 } else { 10849 Stack = &DataSegStack; 10850 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10851 } 10852 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 10853 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10854 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 10855 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 10856 } 10857 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 10858 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 10859 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 10860 10861 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 10862 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 10863 // attribute. 10864 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 10865 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 10866 CurInitSegLoc)); 10867 } 10868 10869 // All the following checks are C++ only. 10870 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10871 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the 10872 // current module. 10873 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 10874 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 10875 return; 10876 } 10877 10878 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 10879 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 10880 10881 QualType type = var->getType(); 10882 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 10883 10884 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 10885 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10886 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10887 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10888 10889 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10890 // constructing this copy. 10891 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10892 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope( 10893 *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); 10894 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10895 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10896 ExprResult result 10897 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10898 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10899 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10900 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10901 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10902 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10903 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10904 } 10905 } 10906 } 10907 10908 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10909 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10910 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10911 10912 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10913 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10914 10915 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10916 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10917 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10918 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10919 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10920 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10921 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10922 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10923 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10924 Notes.clear(); 10925 } 10926 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10927 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10928 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10929 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10930 } 10931 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10932 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10933 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10934 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10935 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10936 } 10937 10938 // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they 10939 // were just diagnosed. 10940 if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage && 10941 var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) { 10942 // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here. 10943 bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 10944 ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit(); 10945 if (DiagErr) { 10946 auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>(); 10947 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) 10948 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10949 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) 10950 << attr->getRange(); 10951 } 10952 } 10953 else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal && 10954 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10955 var->getLocation())) { 10956 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10957 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10958 // warned about them. 10959 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10960 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { 10961 if (!checkConstInit()) 10962 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10963 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10964 } 10965 } 10966 } 10967 10968 // Require the destructor. 10969 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10970 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10971 10972 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 10973 // module. 10974 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 10975 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 10976 } 10977 10978 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10979 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10980 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10981 return true; 10982 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 10983 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 10984 return true; 10985 return false; 10986 } 10987 10988 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10989 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10990 void 10991 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10992 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10993 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10994 10995 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10996 if (!VD) 10997 return; 10998 10999 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 11000 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 11001 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 11002 } 11003 } 11004 11005 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 11006 11007 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 11008 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 11009 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 11010 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 11011 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 11012 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 11013 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) && 11014 !VD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11015 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 11016 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 11017 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 11018 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 11019 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 11020 } 11021 } 11022 } 11023 11024 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 11025 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 11026 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 11027 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 11028 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 11029 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 11030 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 11031 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 11032 } 11033 // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 11034 // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with 11035 // static storage class. 11036 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() && 11037 CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(), 11038 diag::err_device_static_local_var) 11039 << CurrentCUDATarget()) 11040 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11041 } 11042 } 11043 11044 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 11045 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 11046 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 11047 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 11048 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 11049 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 11050 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit(); 11051 if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage()) { 11052 if (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || 11053 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) { 11054 assert(!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()); 11055 bool AllowedInit = false; 11056 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 11057 AllowedInit = 11058 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor()); 11059 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty 11060 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC, 11061 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors. 11062 if (!AllowedInit && 11063 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 11064 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 11065 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); 11066 11067 // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty. 11068 if (AllowedInit) 11069 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 11070 AllowedInit = 11071 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor()); 11072 11073 if (!AllowedInit) { 11074 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() 11075 ? diag::err_shared_var_init 11076 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init) 11077 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11078 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11079 } 11080 } else { 11081 // This is a host-side global variable. Check that the initializer is 11082 // callable from the host side. 11083 const FunctionDecl *InitFn = nullptr; 11084 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) { 11085 InitFn = CE->getConstructor(); 11086 } else if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Init)) { 11087 InitFn = CE->getDirectCallee(); 11088 } 11089 if (InitFn) { 11090 CUDAFunctionTarget InitFnTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(InitFn); 11091 if (InitFnTarget != CFT_Host && InitFnTarget != CFT_HostDevice) { 11092 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_bad_target_global_initializer) 11093 << InitFnTarget << InitFn; 11094 Diag(InitFn->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << InitFn; 11095 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11096 } 11097 } 11098 } 11099 } 11100 } 11101 11102 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 11103 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 11104 11105 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 11106 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 11107 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 11108 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11109 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 11110 // with a warning. 11111 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 11112 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 11113 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 11114 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 11115 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11116 11117 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 11118 IsClassTemplateMember 11119 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 11120 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 11121 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11122 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 11123 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11124 } 11125 } 11126 11127 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 11128 // isn't exported with the variable. 11129 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 11130 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 11131 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 11132 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 11133 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 11134 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 11135 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 11136 } else { 11137 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 11138 << DLLAttr; 11139 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11140 } 11141 } 11142 11143 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 11144 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11145 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 11146 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 11147 } 11148 } 11149 11150 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 11151 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 11152 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 11153 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 11154 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 11155 11156 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 11157 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 11158 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 11159 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 11160 11161 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 11162 // tag values. 11163 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 11164 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 11165 return; 11166 11167 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 11168 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 11169 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 11170 continue; 11171 } 11172 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 11173 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 11174 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11175 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 11176 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11177 continue; 11178 } 11179 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 11180 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11181 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 11182 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11183 continue; 11184 } 11185 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 11186 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 11187 MagicValue, 11188 I->getMatchingCType(), 11189 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 11190 I->getMustBeNull()); 11191 } 11192 } 11193 11194 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) { 11195 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD); 11196 return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType(); 11197 } 11198 11199 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 11200 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11201 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 11202 11203 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 11204 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 11205 11206 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11207 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11208 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 11209 DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr; 11210 bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false; 11211 11212 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11213 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 11214 // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need 11215 // to perform. 11216 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) { 11217 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 11218 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 11219 if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 11220 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 11221 if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() && 11222 !hasDeducedAuto(DD)) 11223 FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD; 11224 11225 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) { 11226 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 11227 // declaration in the same group. 11228 if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 11229 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 11230 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 11231 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 11232 << DD->getSourceRange(); 11233 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 11234 } 11235 11236 // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a 11237 // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other 11238 // declarator in the same group. 11239 if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) { 11240 Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(), 11241 diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone) 11242 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType() 11243 ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() 11244 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 11245 << DD->getSourceRange(); 11246 DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true; 11247 } 11248 } 11249 } 11250 11251 Decls.push_back(D); 11252 } 11253 } 11254 11255 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 11256 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 11257 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 11258 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 11259 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11260 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 11261 } 11262 } 11263 11264 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls); 11265 } 11266 11267 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 11268 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 11269 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 11270 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11271 // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347) 11272 // If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each 11273 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 11274 if (Group.size() > 1) { 11275 QualType Deduced; 11276 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 11277 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11278 VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]); 11279 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) 11280 break; 11281 DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType(); 11282 if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull()) 11283 continue; 11284 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 11285 Deduced = DT->getDeducedType(); 11286 DeducedDecl = D; 11287 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) { 11288 auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT); 11289 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 11290 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 11291 << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) 11292 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 11293 << DT->getDeducedType() << D->getDeclName() 11294 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 11295 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 11296 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11297 break; 11298 } 11299 } 11300 } 11301 11302 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 11303 11304 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 11305 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 11306 } 11307 11308 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 11309 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 11310 } 11311 11312 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11313 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 11314 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 11315 return; 11316 11317 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 11318 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 11319 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 11320 Group[0]->getLocation())) 11321 return; 11322 11323 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 11324 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 11325 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 11326 // additional declaration references: 11327 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 11328 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 11329 // 'struct S *pS;' 11330 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 11331 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 11332 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 11333 Group = Group.slice(1); 11334 } 11335 } 11336 11337 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 11338 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 11339 if (!Comments.empty() && 11340 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 11341 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 11342 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 11343 // 11344 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 11345 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 11346 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 11347 // ahead through comments. 11348 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 11349 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 11350 } 11351 } 11352 11353 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 11354 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 11355 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 11356 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 11357 11358 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 11359 11360 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 11361 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 11362 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 11363 SC = SC_Register; 11364 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11365 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 11366 SC = SC_Auto; 11367 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 11368 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11369 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 11370 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 11371 } 11372 11373 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11374 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 11375 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11376 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 11377 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 11378 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 11379 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 11380 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 11381 << 0; 11382 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 11383 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 11384 11385 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 11386 11387 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11388 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 11389 11390 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11391 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 11392 // parameter. 11393 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11394 11395 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 11396 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 11397 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 11398 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 11399 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 11400 } 11401 } 11402 11403 // Ensure we have a valid name 11404 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 11405 if (D.hasName()) { 11406 II = D.getIdentifier(); 11407 if (!II) { 11408 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 11409 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 11410 D.setInvalidType(true); 11411 } 11412 } 11413 11414 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 11415 if (II) { 11416 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 11417 ForRedeclaration); 11418 LookupName(R, S); 11419 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 11420 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 11421 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11422 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11423 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11424 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11425 PrevDecl = nullptr; 11426 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11427 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 11428 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11429 11430 // Recover by removing the name 11431 II = nullptr; 11432 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 11433 D.setInvalidType(true); 11434 } 11435 } 11436 } 11437 11438 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 11439 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 11440 // looking like class members in C++. 11441 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11442 D.getLocStart(), 11443 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 11444 parmDeclType, TInfo, 11445 SC); 11446 11447 if (D.isInvalidType()) 11448 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11449 11450 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 11451 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 11452 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 11453 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 11454 11455 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 11456 S->AddDecl(New); 11457 if (II) 11458 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 11459 11460 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 11461 11462 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11463 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11464 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 11465 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11466 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11467 11468 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 11469 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 11470 } 11471 return New; 11472 } 11473 11474 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 11475 /// typedef. 11476 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 11477 SourceLocation Loc, 11478 QualType T) { 11479 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 11480 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 11481 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 11482 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 11483 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 11484 SC_None, nullptr); 11485 Param->setImplicit(); 11486 return Param; 11487 } 11488 11489 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 11490 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 11491 // will already have done so in the template itself. 11492 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) 11493 return; 11494 11495 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11496 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 11497 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 11498 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 11499 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 11500 } 11501 } 11502 } 11503 11504 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 11505 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 11506 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 11507 return; 11508 11509 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11510 // threshold. 11511 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 11512 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 11513 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11514 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 11515 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 11516 } 11517 11518 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11519 // threshold. 11520 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11521 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 11522 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 11523 continue; 11524 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 11525 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11526 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 11527 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 11528 } 11529 } 11530 11531 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 11532 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 11533 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 11534 StorageClass SC) { 11535 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 11536 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 11537 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 11538 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 11539 11540 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 11541 11542 // Special cases for arrays: 11543 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 11544 // - otherwise, it's an error 11545 if (T->isArrayType()) { 11546 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 11547 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 11548 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 11549 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 11550 } 11551 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 11552 } else { 11553 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 11554 } 11555 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 11556 } 11557 11558 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 11559 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 11560 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 11561 11562 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 11563 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 11564 // the class has been completely parsed. 11565 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 11566 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11567 AbstractParamType)) 11568 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11569 11570 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 11571 // passed by reference. 11572 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 11573 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 11574 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd()); 11575 Diag(NameLoc, 11576 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 11577 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 11578 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 11579 New->setType(T); 11580 } 11581 11582 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 11583 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 11584 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 11585 // an address space. 11586 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 11587 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 11588 // to be qualified with an address space. 11589 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 11590 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 11591 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11592 } 11593 } 11594 11595 return New; 11596 } 11597 11598 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 11599 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 11600 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 11601 11602 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 11603 // for a K&R function. 11604 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 11605 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 11606 --i; 11607 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 11608 SmallString<256> Code; 11609 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 11610 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 11611 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 11612 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 11613 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 11614 11615 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 11616 // type. 11617 AttributeFactory attrs; 11618 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 11619 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 11620 unsigned DiagID; // unused 11621 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 11622 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11623 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 11624 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11625 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11626 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 11627 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11628 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 11629 } 11630 } 11631 } 11632 } 11633 11634 Decl * 11635 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 11636 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11637 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11638 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 11639 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 11640 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 11641 11642 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 11643 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 11644 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 11645 } 11646 11647 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 11648 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 11649 } 11650 11651 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 11652 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11653 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 11654 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11655 return false; 11656 11657 // Or declarations that aren't global. 11658 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 11659 return false; 11660 11661 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 11662 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 11663 return false; 11664 11665 // Don't warn about 'main'. 11666 if (FD->isMain()) 11667 return false; 11668 11669 // Don't warn about inline functions. 11670 if (FD->isInlined()) 11671 return false; 11672 11673 // Don't warn about function templates. 11674 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11675 return false; 11676 11677 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 11678 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 11679 return false; 11680 11681 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 11682 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 11683 return false; 11684 11685 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 11686 if (FD->isDeleted()) 11687 return false; 11688 11689 bool MissingPrototype = true; 11690 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 11691 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 11692 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 11693 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 11694 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11695 continue; 11696 11697 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 11698 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 11699 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 11700 break; 11701 } 11702 11703 return MissingPrototype; 11704 } 11705 11706 void 11707 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 11708 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 11709 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11710 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 11711 if (!Definition) 11712 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 11713 return; 11714 11715 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 11716 return; 11717 11718 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 11719 // a template, skip the new definition. 11720 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 11721 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 11722 Definition->isInlined() || 11723 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 11724 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 11725 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 11726 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11727 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 11728 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 11729 FD->getLocation()); 11730 return; 11731 } 11732 11733 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 11734 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 11735 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 11736 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 11737 else 11738 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 11739 11740 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11741 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11742 } 11743 11744 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 11745 Sema &S) { 11746 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 11747 11748 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 11749 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 11750 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 11751 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 11752 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 11753 11754 if (LCD == LCD_None) 11755 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 11756 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 11757 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 11758 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 11759 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 11760 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 11761 11762 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 11763 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 11764 11765 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 11766 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 11767 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 11768 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 11769 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 11770 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 11771 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 11772 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 11773 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 11774 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 11775 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 11776 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 11777 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 11778 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 11779 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 11780 11781 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 11782 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 11783 /*Expr*/ nullptr, 11784 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 11785 } else { 11786 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 11787 } 11788 ++I; 11789 } 11790 } 11791 11792 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 11793 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11794 if (!D) 11795 return D; 11796 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 11797 11798 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 11799 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 11800 else 11801 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 11802 11803 // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition. 11804 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 11805 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; 11806 FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 11807 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11808 } 11809 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) { 11810 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1; 11811 FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>(); 11812 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11813 } 11814 11815 // See if this is a redefinition. 11816 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 11817 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 11818 11819 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 11820 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 11821 return D; 11822 } 11823 11824 // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to 11825 // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing 11826 // this function. 11827 FD->setWillHaveBody(); 11828 11829 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 11830 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 11831 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 11832 // LambdaScopeInfo. 11833 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 11834 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 11835 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 11836 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 11837 // have the LSI properly restored. 11838 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 11839 assert(inTemplateInstantiation() && 11840 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 11841 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 11842 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 11843 } else { 11844 // Enter a new function scope 11845 PushFunctionScope(); 11846 } 11847 11848 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 11849 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11850 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 11851 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 11852 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 11853 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11854 } 11855 } 11856 11857 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 11858 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 11859 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 11860 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 11861 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11862 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 11863 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 11864 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11865 11866 if (FnBodyScope) 11867 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 11868 11869 // Check the validity of our function parameters 11870 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 11871 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 11872 11873 // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current 11874 // scope. 11875 if (FnBodyScope) { 11876 for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) { 11877 auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD); 11878 if (!NonParmDecl) 11879 continue; 11880 assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) && 11881 "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet"); 11882 11883 // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope. 11884 if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName()) 11885 PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11886 11887 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 11888 // accessible in this scope. 11889 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) { 11890 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 11891 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11892 } 11893 } 11894 } 11895 11896 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 11897 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 11898 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 11899 11900 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11901 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 11902 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 11903 11904 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 11905 } 11906 } 11907 11908 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 11909 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 11910 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 11911 11912 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 11913 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 11914 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 11915 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 11916 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 11917 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11918 return D; 11919 } 11920 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 11921 // a function template). 11922 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 11923 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11924 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 11925 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 11926 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 11927 11928 return D; 11929 } 11930 11931 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 11932 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 11933 /// optimization. 11934 /// 11935 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 11936 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 11937 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 11938 /// use the named return value optimization. 11939 /// 11940 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 11941 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 11942 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 11943 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 11944 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 11945 11946 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 11947 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 11948 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 11949 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 11950 } 11951 } 11952 } 11953 11954 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 11955 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 11956 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 11957 return false; 11958 11959 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 11960 // return type (yet). 11961 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) { 11962 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 11963 // we can still delay parsing it. 11964 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 11965 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 11966 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 11967 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 11968 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 11969 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 11970 } 11971 } 11972 return false; 11973 } 11974 11975 return true; 11976 } 11977 11978 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 11979 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 11980 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 11981 // rest of the file. 11982 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 11983 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 11984 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 11985 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 11986 return false; 11987 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 11988 } 11989 11990 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 11991 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 11992 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11993 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 11994 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11995 return Decl; 11996 } 11997 11998 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 11999 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 12000 } 12001 12002 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 12003 bool IsInstantiation) { 12004 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 12005 12006 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 12007 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 12008 12009 if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && getCurFunction()->CoroutinePromise) 12010 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 12011 12012 if (FD) { 12013 FD->setBody(Body); 12014 12015 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 12016 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 12017 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 12018 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 12019 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 12020 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 12021 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 12022 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 12023 << FD->getReturnType(); 12024 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12025 } else { 12026 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 12027 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 12028 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 12029 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 12030 } 12031 } 12032 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 12033 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 12034 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 12035 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 12036 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 12037 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 12038 12039 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 12040 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 12041 // [the deduced type is] the type void 12042 QualType RetType = 12043 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 12044 12045 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 12046 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 12047 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12048 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 12049 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 12050 } 12051 } 12052 12053 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 12054 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 12055 // is the first declaration. 12056 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 12057 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 12058 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 12059 else if (FD->isInlined() && 12060 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 12061 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 12062 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 12063 } 12064 12065 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 12066 // don't complain about missing return statements. 12067 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 12068 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 12069 12070 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 12071 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 12072 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 12073 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 12074 12075 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12076 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 12077 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 12078 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 12079 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 12080 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 12081 12082 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 12083 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 12084 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 12085 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 12086 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 12087 12088 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 12089 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 12090 // to deduce an implicit return type. 12091 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 12092 !FD->isDependentContext()) 12093 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 12094 } 12095 12096 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 12097 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 12098 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 12099 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 12100 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 12101 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 12102 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 12103 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 12104 12105 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 12106 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 12107 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 12108 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 12109 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 12110 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 12111 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 12112 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 12113 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 12114 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 12115 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 12116 } 12117 } 12118 12119 // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes 12120 // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration. 12121 // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide 12122 // a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype. 12123 // An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition 12124 // of that function specifies that the function has no parameters 12125 // (C99 6.7.5.3p14) 12126 if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 && 12127 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { 12128 TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 12129 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 12130 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 12131 Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 1; 12132 } 12133 } 12134 12135 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 12136 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 12137 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 12138 MD->isVirtual() && 12139 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 12140 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 12141 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 12142 if (FD->isInlined() && 12143 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 12144 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 12145 12146 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 12147 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 12148 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 12149 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 12150 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 12151 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 12152 } else { 12153 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 12154 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 12155 } 12156 } 12157 } 12158 12159 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 12160 "Function parsing confused"); 12161 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 12162 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 12163 MD->setBody(Body); 12164 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12165 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters()); 12166 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 12167 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 12168 12169 if (Body) 12170 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 12171 } 12172 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 12173 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 12174 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 12175 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 12176 } 12177 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 12178 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 12179 bool isDesignated = 12180 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 12181 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 12182 (void)isDesignated; 12183 12184 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 12185 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 12186 if (!IFace) 12187 return false; 12188 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 12189 if (!SuperD) 12190 return false; 12191 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 12192 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 12193 }; 12194 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 12195 // of NSObject. 12196 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 12197 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12198 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 12199 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 12200 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 12201 } 12202 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 12203 } 12204 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 12205 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 12206 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 12207 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12208 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 12209 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 12210 } 12211 } else { 12212 return nullptr; 12213 } 12214 12215 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 12216 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 12217 12218 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 12219 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 12220 "handled in the block above."); 12221 12222 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 12223 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 12224 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 12225 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 12226 // Verify this. 12227 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 12228 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 12229 12230 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 12231 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 12232 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 12233 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 12234 12235 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 12236 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 12237 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 12238 12239 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 12240 Destructor->getParent()); 12241 } 12242 12243 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12244 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12245 // deletion in some later function. 12246 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 12247 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 12248 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12249 } 12250 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 12251 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 12252 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 12253 // enabled. 12254 ActivePolicy = &WP; 12255 } 12256 12257 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 12258 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 12259 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 12260 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12261 12262 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 12263 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 12264 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't 12265 // require prologue. 12266 bool RegisterVariables = false; 12267 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { 12268 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { 12269 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 12270 RegisterVariables = 12271 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); 12272 if (!RegisterVariables) 12273 break; 12274 } 12275 } 12276 } 12277 if (RegisterVariables) 12278 continue; 12279 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 12280 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 12281 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 12282 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12283 break; 12284 } 12285 } 12286 } 12287 12288 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 12289 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 12290 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 12291 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 12292 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 12293 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 12294 } 12295 12296 if (!IsInstantiation) 12297 PopDeclContext(); 12298 12299 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 12300 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12301 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12302 // deletion in some later function. 12303 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 12304 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12305 } 12306 12307 return dcl; 12308 } 12309 12310 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 12311 /// relevant Decl. 12312 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 12313 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 12314 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 12315 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 12316 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 12317 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 12318 12319 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 12320 if (Method->isStatic()) 12321 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 12322 } 12323 12324 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 12325 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 12326 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 12327 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 12328 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 12329 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 12330 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 12331 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 12332 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 12333 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 12334 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12335 return ExternCPrev; 12336 } 12337 12338 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 12339 unsigned diag_id; 12340 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 12341 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 12342 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 12343 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 12344 else 12345 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 12346 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 12347 12348 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 12349 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 12350 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 12351 TypoCorrection Corrected; 12352 if (S && 12353 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 12354 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 12355 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 12356 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 12357 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 12358 } 12359 12360 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 12361 const char *Dummy; 12362 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 12363 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 12364 unsigned DiagID; 12365 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 12366 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 12367 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 12368 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 12369 SourceLocation NoLoc; 12370 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 12371 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 12372 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 12373 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12374 /*Params=*/nullptr, 12375 /*NumParams=*/0, 12376 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 12377 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12378 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 12379 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 12380 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12381 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12382 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12383 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12384 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 12385 EST_None, 12386 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 12387 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 12388 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 12389 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 12390 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 12391 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 12392 /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, 12393 Loc, Loc, D), 12394 DS.getAttributes(), 12395 SourceLocation()); 12396 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 12397 12398 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 12399 12400 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 12401 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 12402 12403 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 12404 FD->setImplicit(); 12405 12406 CurContext = PrevDC; 12407 12408 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 12409 12410 return FD; 12411 } 12412 12413 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 12414 /// the declaration of this function. 12415 /// 12416 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 12417 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 12418 /// like NSLog or printf. 12419 /// 12420 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 12421 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 12422 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 12423 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 12424 return; 12425 12426 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 12427 // actual attributes. 12428 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 12429 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 12430 unsigned FormatIdx; 12431 bool HasVAListArg; 12432 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 12433 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 12434 const char *fmt = "printf"; 12435 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 12436 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 12437 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 12438 fmt = "NSString"; 12439 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12440 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 12441 FormatIdx+1, 12442 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12443 FD->getLocation())); 12444 } 12445 } 12446 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 12447 HasVAListArg)) { 12448 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12449 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12450 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 12451 FormatIdx+1, 12452 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12453 FD->getLocation())); 12454 } 12455 12456 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 12457 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 12458 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 12459 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 12460 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 12461 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12462 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12463 } 12464 12465 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 12466 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 12467 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12468 FD->getLocation())); 12469 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 12470 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12471 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 12472 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12473 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12474 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12475 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 12476 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 12477 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 12478 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 12479 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 12480 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 12481 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 12482 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12483 else 12484 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12485 } 12486 } 12487 12488 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 12489 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 12490 // across. 12491 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 12492 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 12493 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12494 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 12495 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12496 } 12497 12498 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 12499 if (!Name) 12500 return; 12501 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12502 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 12503 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 12504 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 12505 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 12506 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 12507 // about. 12508 } else 12509 return; 12510 12511 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 12512 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 12513 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 12514 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12515 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12516 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 12517 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 12518 FD->getLocation())); 12519 } 12520 12521 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 12522 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 12523 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 12524 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 12525 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 12526 FD->getLocation())); 12527 } 12528 } 12529 12530 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 12531 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 12532 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 12533 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 12534 12535 if (!TInfo) { 12536 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 12537 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 12538 } 12539 12540 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 12541 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12542 D.getLocStart(), 12543 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 12544 D.getIdentifier(), 12545 TInfo); 12546 12547 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 12548 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 12549 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 12550 return NewTD; 12551 } 12552 12553 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 12554 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12555 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 12556 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 12557 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 12558 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 12559 else 12560 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 12561 } 12562 12563 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 12564 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 12565 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 12566 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 12567 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 12568 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 12569 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 12570 case TST_enum: 12571 case TST_struct: 12572 case TST_interface: 12573 case TST_union: 12574 case TST_class: { 12575 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 12576 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 12577 break; 12578 } 12579 12580 default: 12581 break; 12582 } 12583 12584 return NewTD; 12585 } 12586 12587 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 12588 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 12589 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 12590 QualType T = TI->getType(); 12591 12592 if (T->isDependentType()) 12593 return false; 12594 12595 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 12596 if (BT->isInteger()) 12597 return false; 12598 12599 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 12600 return true; 12601 } 12602 12603 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 12604 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 12605 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 12606 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 12607 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 12608 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 12609 12610 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 12611 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 12612 << Prev->isScoped(); 12613 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12614 return true; 12615 } 12616 12617 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 12618 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 12619 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 12620 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 12621 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 12622 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 12623 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 12624 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 12625 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 12626 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 12627 return true; 12628 } 12629 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 12630 ; 12631 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 12632 ; 12633 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 12634 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 12635 << Prev->isFixed(); 12636 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12637 return true; 12638 } 12639 12640 return false; 12641 } 12642 12643 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 12644 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 12645 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 12646 /// 12647 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 12648 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 12649 switch (Tag) { 12650 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 12651 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 12652 case TTK_Class: return 2; 12653 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 12654 } 12655 } 12656 12657 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 12658 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 12659 /// 12660 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 12661 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 12662 { 12663 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 12664 } 12665 12666 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl, 12667 TagTypeKind TTK) { 12668 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12669 return NTK_Typedef; 12670 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12671 return NTK_TypeAlias; 12672 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12673 return NTK_Template; 12674 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12675 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; 12676 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12677 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; 12678 switch (TTK) { 12679 case TTK_Struct: 12680 case TTK_Interface: 12681 case TTK_Class: 12682 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct; 12683 case TTK_Union: 12684 return NTK_NonUnion; 12685 case TTK_Enum: 12686 return NTK_NonEnum; 12687 } 12688 llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK"); 12689 } 12690 12691 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 12692 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 12693 /// 12694 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 12695 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 12696 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 12697 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 12698 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 12699 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 12700 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 12701 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 12702 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 12703 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 12704 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 12705 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 12706 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 12707 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 12708 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 12709 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 12710 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 12711 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 12712 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 12713 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 12714 if (OldTag == NewTag) 12715 return true; 12716 12717 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 12718 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 12719 bool isTemplate = false; 12720 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 12721 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 12722 12723 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) { 12724 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 12725 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 12726 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12727 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12728 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12729 return true; 12730 } 12731 12732 if (isDefinition) { 12733 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 12734 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 12735 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12736 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 12737 return true; 12738 } 12739 12740 bool previousMismatch = false; 12741 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 12742 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 12743 if (!previousMismatch) { 12744 previousMismatch = true; 12745 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 12746 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12747 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 12748 } 12749 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12750 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 12751 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 12752 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 12753 } 12754 } 12755 return true; 12756 } 12757 12758 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 12759 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 12760 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 12761 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 12762 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 12763 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 12764 return true; 12765 } 12766 12767 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12768 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12769 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12770 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12771 12772 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 12773 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12774 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12775 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 12776 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 12777 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 12778 } 12779 12780 return true; 12781 } 12782 return false; 12783 } 12784 12785 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 12786 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 12787 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 12788 /// namespace N { 12789 /// struct X; 12790 /// namespace M { 12791 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 12792 /// } 12793 /// } 12794 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 12795 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12796 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 12797 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 12798 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 12799 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 12800 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12801 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 12802 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 12803 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 12804 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 12805 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 12806 return FixItHint(); 12807 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 12808 Namespaces.push_back(II); 12809 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 12810 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 12811 if (Lookup == Namespace) 12812 break; 12813 } 12814 12815 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 12816 // build an NNS. 12817 SmallString<64> Insertion; 12818 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 12819 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 12820 OS << "::"; 12821 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 12822 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 12823 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 12824 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 12825 } 12826 12827 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 12828 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 12829 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 12830 /// using-declaration). 12831 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 12832 DeclContext *NewDC) { 12833 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 12834 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 12835 12836 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 12837 return true; 12838 12839 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 12840 // encloses the other). 12841 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 12842 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 12843 return true; 12844 12845 return false; 12846 } 12847 12848 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 12849 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 12850 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 12851 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 12852 /// 12853 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 12854 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 12855 /// 12856 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 12857 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 12858 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 12859 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 12860 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 12861 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 12862 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 12863 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 12864 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 12865 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 12866 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 12867 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 12868 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12869 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 12870 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 12871 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 12872 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 12873 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 12874 12875 OwnedDecl = false; 12876 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 12877 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 12878 12879 // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully. 12880 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 12881 bool Invalid = false; 12882 12883 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 12884 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 12885 // for non-C++ cases. 12886 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 12887 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 12888 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 12889 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 12890 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 12891 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) { 12892 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12893 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 12894 return nullptr; 12895 } 12896 12897 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 12898 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 12899 // be a member of another template). 12900 12901 if (Invalid) 12902 return nullptr; 12903 12904 OwnedDecl = false; 12905 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 12906 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 12907 TemplateParams, AS, 12908 ModulePrivateLoc, 12909 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 12910 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 12911 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 12912 SkipBody); 12913 return Result.get(); 12914 } else { 12915 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 12916 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 12917 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 12918 isMemberSpecialization = true; 12919 } 12920 } 12921 } 12922 12923 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 12924 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 12925 // redeclaration. 12926 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 12927 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 12928 12929 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12930 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 12931 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 12932 // type, default to int. 12933 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12934 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 12935 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 12936 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 12937 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 12938 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 12939 EnumUnderlying = TI; 12940 12941 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 12942 // Recover by falling back to int. 12943 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12944 12945 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 12946 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 12947 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12948 12949 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12950 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12951 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 12952 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12953 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 12954 } 12955 } 12956 } 12957 12958 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 12959 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 12960 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 12961 bool isStdAlignValT = false; 12962 12963 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 12964 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 12965 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 12966 12967 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 12968 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12969 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 12970 12971 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 12972 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 12973 Name = nullptr; 12974 goto CreateNewDecl; 12975 } 12976 12977 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 12978 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 12979 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12980 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 12981 if (!DC) { 12982 IsDependent = true; 12983 return nullptr; 12984 } 12985 } else { 12986 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 12987 if (!DC) { 12988 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 12989 << SS.getRange(); 12990 return nullptr; 12991 } 12992 } 12993 12994 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 12995 return nullptr; 12996 12997 SearchDC = DC; 12998 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 12999 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 13000 13001 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 13002 return nullptr; 13003 13004 if (Previous.empty()) { 13005 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 13006 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 13007 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 13008 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 13009 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 13010 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 13011 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 13012 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 13013 IsDependent = true; 13014 return nullptr; 13015 } 13016 13017 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 13018 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 13019 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 13020 Name = nullptr; 13021 Invalid = true; 13022 goto CreateNewDecl; 13023 } 13024 } else if (Name) { 13025 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 13026 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 13027 // name different from T: 13028 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 13029 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 13030 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 13031 return nullptr; 13032 13033 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 13034 // declaration or definition. 13035 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 13036 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 13037 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 13038 LookupName(Previous, S); 13039 13040 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 13041 // by types using'ed into this scope. 13042 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 13043 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 13044 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 13045 while (F.hasNext()) { 13046 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 13047 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 13048 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 13049 F.erase(); 13050 } 13051 F.done(); 13052 } 13053 13054 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 13055 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 13056 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 13057 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 13058 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 13059 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 13060 // 13061 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 13062 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 13063 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 13064 // 13065 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 13066 // semantic context? 13067 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13068 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 13069 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 13070 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 13071 while (F.hasNext()) { 13072 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 13073 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13074 if (DC->isFileContext() && 13075 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 13076 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13077 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 13078 else 13079 F.erase(); 13080 } 13081 } 13082 F.done(); 13083 13084 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 13085 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 13086 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 13087 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 13088 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 13089 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 13090 } 13091 } 13092 13093 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 13094 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 13095 return nullptr; 13096 13097 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 13098 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 13099 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 13100 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 13101 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 13102 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 13103 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 13104 } 13105 } 13106 13107 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 13108 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 13109 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13110 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13111 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13112 Previous.clear(); 13113 } 13114 13115 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 13116 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { 13117 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 13118 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 13119 isStdBadAlloc = true; 13120 13121 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 13122 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 13123 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 13124 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) 13125 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 13126 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { 13127 isStdAlignValT = true; 13128 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) 13129 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); 13130 } 13131 } 13132 13133 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 13134 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 13135 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 13136 // there's a shadow friend decl. 13137 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 13138 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 13139 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 13140 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 13141 13142 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13143 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 13144 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 13145 // 13146 // class-key identifier 13147 // 13148 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 13149 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 13150 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 13151 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 13152 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 13153 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 13154 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 13155 // declaration. 13156 // 13157 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 13158 // C structs and unions. 13159 // 13160 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 13161 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 13162 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 13163 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 13164 // 13165 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 13166 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 13167 // 13168 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 13169 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 13170 // lexical context, 13171 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 13172 13173 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 13174 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 13175 } else { 13176 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 13177 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 13178 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 13179 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 13180 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 13181 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 13182 } 13183 13184 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 13185 // diagnose some problems. 13186 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 13187 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 13188 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 13189 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 13190 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13191 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 13192 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 13193 } else { 13194 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 13195 LookupName(Previous, S); 13196 } 13197 } 13198 13199 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 13200 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 13201 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 13202 13203 if (!Previous.empty()) { 13204 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 13205 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13206 13207 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 13208 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 13209 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 13210 // in C++. 13211 // 13212 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 13213 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 13214 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 13215 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 13216 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13217 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13218 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 13219 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 13220 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 13221 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 13222 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 13223 PrevDecl = Tag; 13224 Previous.clear(); 13225 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 13226 Previous.resolveKind(); 13227 } 13228 } 13229 } 13230 } 13231 13232 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 13233 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 13234 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 13235 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 13236 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 13237 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 13238 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) && 13239 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 13240 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 13241 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 13242 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 13243 diag::note_using_decl_target); 13244 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 13245 << 0; 13246 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 13247 Previous.clear(); 13248 goto CreateNewDecl; 13249 } 13250 } 13251 13252 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13253 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 13254 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 13255 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 13256 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 13257 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13258 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 13259 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 13260 // struct or something similar. 13261 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 13262 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 13263 Name)) { 13264 bool SafeToContinue 13265 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 13266 Kind != TTK_Enum); 13267 if (SafeToContinue) 13268 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 13269 << Name 13270 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 13271 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 13272 else 13273 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 13274 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 13275 13276 if (SafeToContinue) 13277 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 13278 else { 13279 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 13280 Name = nullptr; 13281 Previous.clear(); 13282 Invalid = true; 13283 } 13284 } 13285 13286 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 13287 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 13288 13289 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 13290 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 13291 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13292 if (ScopedEnum) 13293 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 13294 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 13295 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 13296 return PrevTagDecl; 13297 } 13298 13299 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 13300 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13301 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 13302 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 13303 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 13304 13305 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 13306 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 13307 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 13308 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 13309 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 13310 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 13311 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 13312 } 13313 13314 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 13315 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 13316 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 13317 // and then later defined. 13318 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 13319 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 13320 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 13321 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13322 } 13323 13324 if (!Invalid) { 13325 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 13326 // we have attributes. 13327 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13328 if (Attr) { 13329 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 13330 // declaration to hold them. 13331 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 13332 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 13333 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 13334 PP.getModuleContainingLocation( 13335 PrevDecl->getLocation()) != 13336 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) && 13337 SS.isEmpty()) { 13338 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 13339 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 13340 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 13341 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 13342 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 13343 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 13344 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 13345 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 13346 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13347 return PrevTagDecl; 13348 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 13349 // that scope. 13350 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 13351 } else { 13352 return PrevTagDecl; 13353 } 13354 } 13355 13356 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 13357 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13358 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 13359 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 13360 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 13361 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 13362 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 13363 if (isMemberSpecialization) { 13364 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 13365 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13366 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13367 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13368 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 13369 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13370 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13371 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13372 } 13373 13374 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 13375 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13376 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 13377 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 13378 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 13379 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 13380 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 13381 // use it in place of this one. 13382 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 13383 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 13384 return Def; 13385 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 13386 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 13387 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 13388 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 13389 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 13390 else 13391 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 13392 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13393 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 13394 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 13395 // references get the previous definition. 13396 Name = nullptr; 13397 Previous.clear(); 13398 Invalid = true; 13399 } 13400 } else { 13401 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 13402 // about a nested redefinition. 13403 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 13404 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 13405 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 13406 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 13407 diag::note_previous_definition); 13408 Name = nullptr; 13409 Previous.clear(); 13410 Invalid = true; 13411 } 13412 } 13413 13414 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 13415 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 13416 } 13417 13418 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 13419 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 13420 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 13421 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13422 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 13423 AS = AS_none; 13424 } 13425 } 13426 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 13427 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 13428 13429 } else { 13430 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 13431 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 13432 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 13433 // have distinct types. 13434 Previous.clear(); 13435 } 13436 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 13437 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 13438 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 13439 13440 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 13441 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 13442 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 13443 } else { 13444 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 13445 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 13446 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 13447 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 13448 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 13449 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 13450 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK 13451 << Kind; 13452 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 13453 Invalid = true; 13454 13455 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 13456 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13457 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 13458 // do nothing 13459 13460 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 13461 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13462 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 13463 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; 13464 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13465 Invalid = true; 13466 13467 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 13468 // case here. 13469 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13470 unsigned Kind = 0; 13471 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 13472 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 13473 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 13474 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13475 Invalid = true; 13476 13477 // Otherwise, diagnose. 13478 } else { 13479 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 13480 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 13481 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 13482 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13483 Name = nullptr; 13484 Invalid = true; 13485 } 13486 13487 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 13488 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 13489 Previous.clear(); 13490 } 13491 } 13492 13493 CreateNewDecl: 13494 13495 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13496 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 13497 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13498 13499 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 13500 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 13501 // keyword. 13502 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 13503 13504 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 13505 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 13506 // PrevDecl. 13507 TagDecl *New; 13508 13509 bool IsForwardReference = false; 13510 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13511 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13512 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 13513 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13514 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 13515 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 13516 13517 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) 13518 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13519 13520 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 13521 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 13522 TagDecl *Def; 13523 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 13524 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 13525 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 13526 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 13527 } 13528 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 13529 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 13530 << New; 13531 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13532 } else { 13533 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 13534 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13535 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 13536 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13537 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 13538 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 13539 13540 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 13541 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 13542 // the declaration context. 13543 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 13544 IsForwardReference = true; 13545 } 13546 } 13547 13548 if (EnumUnderlying) { 13549 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13550 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13551 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 13552 else 13553 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 13554 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 13555 } 13556 } else { 13557 // struct/union/class 13558 13559 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13560 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 13561 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13562 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 13563 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13564 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13565 13566 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 13567 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 13568 } else 13569 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13570 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13571 } 13572 13573 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 13574 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 13575 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13576 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 13577 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13578 Invalid = true; 13579 } 13580 13581 // Maybe add qualifier info. 13582 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 13583 if (SS.isSet()) { 13584 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 13585 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 13586 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 13587 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 13588 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 13589 if (!isMemberSpecialization && 13590 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 13591 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 13592 Invalid = true; 13593 13594 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 13595 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 13596 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 13597 } 13598 } 13599 else 13600 Invalid = true; 13601 } 13602 13603 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 13604 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 13605 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 13606 // 13607 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 13608 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 13609 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 13610 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 13611 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 13612 // parsing of the struct). 13613 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13614 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 13615 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 13616 } 13617 } 13618 13619 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 13620 if (isMemberSpecialization) 13621 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 13622 << 2 13623 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 13624 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 13625 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 13626 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 13627 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13628 New->setModulePrivate(); 13629 } 13630 13631 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 13632 // check the specialization. 13633 if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 13634 Invalid = true; 13635 13636 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 13637 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 13638 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 13639 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 13640 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 13641 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13642 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 13643 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 13644 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 13645 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 13646 << Name; 13647 Invalid = true; 13648 } 13649 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 13650 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13651 } 13652 } 13653 13654 if (Invalid) 13655 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13656 13657 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 13658 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 13659 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 13660 13661 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 13662 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 13663 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 13664 // the tag name visible. 13665 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 13666 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 13667 13668 // Set the access specifier. 13669 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 13670 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 13671 13672 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 13673 New->startDefinition(); 13674 13675 if (Attr) 13676 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13677 13678 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 13679 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13680 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 13681 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 13682 if (PrevDecl) 13683 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 13684 13685 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13686 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13687 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 13688 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 13689 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 13690 } else if (Name) { 13691 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13692 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 13693 if (IsForwardReference) 13694 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13695 } else { 13696 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13697 } 13698 13699 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 13700 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 13701 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 13702 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 13703 II->isStr("FILE")) 13704 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 13705 13706 if (PrevDecl) 13707 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 13708 13709 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13710 // record. 13711 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 13712 13713 OwnedDecl = true; 13714 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 13715 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 13716 if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13717 if (New->isBeingDefined()) 13718 if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) 13719 RD->completeDefinition(); 13720 return nullptr; 13721 } else { 13722 return New; 13723 } 13724 } 13725 13726 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13727 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13728 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13729 13730 // Enter the tag context. 13731 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 13732 13733 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 13734 13735 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13736 // record. 13737 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 13738 } 13739 13740 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 13741 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 13742 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 13743 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 13744 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 13745 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 13746 CurContext = OCD; 13747 return IDecl; 13748 } 13749 13750 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13751 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 13752 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 13753 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 13754 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13755 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 13756 13757 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 13758 13759 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 13760 return; 13761 13762 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 13763 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 13764 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 13765 13766 // C++ [class]p2: 13767 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 13768 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 13769 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 13770 // as if it were a public member name. 13771 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 13772 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 13773 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 13774 Record->getIdentifier(), 13775 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 13776 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 13777 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 13778 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 13779 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 13780 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 13781 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 13782 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 13783 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 13784 "Broken injected-class-name"); 13785 } 13786 13787 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13788 SourceRange BraceRange) { 13789 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13790 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13791 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 13792 13793 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13794 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13795 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 13796 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13797 RD->completeDefinition(); 13798 } 13799 13800 if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 13801 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 13802 if (Context.getLangOpts().Modules) 13803 RD->computeODRHash(); 13804 } 13805 13806 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 13807 PopDeclContext(); 13808 13809 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 13810 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 13811 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 13812 13813 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 13814 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 13815 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 13816 } 13817 13818 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 13819 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 13820 PopDeclContext(); 13821 } 13822 13823 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13824 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 13825 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 13826 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 13827 } 13828 13829 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13830 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 13831 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 13832 } 13833 13834 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13835 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13836 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13837 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 13838 13839 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13840 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13841 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13842 RD->completeDefinition(); 13843 } 13844 13845 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 13846 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 13847 // the FieldCollector. 13848 13849 PopDeclContext(); 13850 } 13851 13852 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 13853 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 13854 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 13855 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 13856 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 13857 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 13858 if (ZeroWidth) 13859 *ZeroWidth = true; 13860 13861 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 13862 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 13863 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 13864 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 13865 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 13866 return ExprError(); 13867 if (FieldName) 13868 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 13869 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13870 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 13871 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13872 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 13873 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 13874 return ExprError(); 13875 13876 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 13877 // it now. 13878 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 13879 return BitWidth; 13880 13881 llvm::APSInt Value; 13882 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 13883 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 13884 return ICE; 13885 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 13886 13887 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 13888 *ZeroWidth = false; 13889 13890 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 13891 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 13892 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 13893 13894 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 13895 if (FieldName) 13896 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13897 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 13898 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13899 << Value.toString(10); 13900 } 13901 13902 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 13903 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 13904 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 13905 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 13906 13907 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 13908 // ABI. 13909 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 13910 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 13911 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 13912 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 13913 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 13914 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 13915 unsigned DiagWidth = 13916 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 13917 if (FieldName) 13918 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13919 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13920 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 13921 13922 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13923 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 13924 << DiagWidth; 13925 } 13926 13927 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 13928 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 13929 // 'bool'. 13930 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 13931 if (FieldName) 13932 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13933 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13934 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13935 else 13936 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13937 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13938 } 13939 } 13940 13941 return BitWidth; 13942 } 13943 13944 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 13945 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 13946 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 13947 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 13948 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 13949 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 13950 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 13951 return Res; 13952 } 13953 13954 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 13955 /// 13956 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 13957 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13958 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 13959 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13960 AccessSpecifier AS) { 13961 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 13962 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 13963 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 13964 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 13965 return nullptr; 13966 } 13967 13968 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13969 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13970 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13971 13972 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13973 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13974 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13975 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 13976 13977 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 13978 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 13979 D.setInvalidType(); 13980 T = Context.IntTy; 13981 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 13982 } 13983 } 13984 13985 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 13986 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 13987 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 13988 D.setInvalidType(); 13989 } 13990 13991 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 13992 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 13993 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 13994 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 13995 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 13996 D.setInvalidType(); 13997 } 13998 13999 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 14000 14001 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 14002 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 14003 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 14004 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 14005 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 14006 diag::err_invalid_thread) 14007 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 14008 14009 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 14010 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 14011 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 14012 LookupName(Previous, S); 14013 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 14014 case LookupResult::Found: 14015 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 14016 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 14017 break; 14018 14019 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 14020 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 14021 break; 14022 14023 case LookupResult::NotFound: 14024 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 14025 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 14026 break; 14027 } 14028 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 14029 14030 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14031 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14032 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 14033 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14034 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14035 } 14036 14037 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 14038 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14039 14040 bool Mutable 14041 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 14042 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 14043 FieldDecl *NewFD 14044 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 14045 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 14046 14047 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 14048 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14049 14050 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 14051 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 14052 14053 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 14054 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 14055 // with the same name in the same scope. 14056 } else if (II) { 14057 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 14058 } else 14059 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 14060 14061 return NewFD; 14062 } 14063 14064 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 14065 /// 14066 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 14067 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 14068 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 14069 /// created. 14070 /// 14071 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 14072 /// 14073 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 14074 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 14075 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 14076 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 14077 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 14078 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 14079 SourceLocation TSSL, 14080 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 14081 Declarator *D) { 14082 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 14083 bool InvalidDecl = false; 14084 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 14085 14086 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 14087 // marking this declaration as invalid. 14088 if (T.isNull()) { 14089 InvalidDecl = true; 14090 T = Context.IntTy; 14091 } 14092 14093 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 14094 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14095 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14096 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 14097 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14098 InvalidDecl = true; 14099 } else { 14100 NamedDecl *Def; 14101 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 14102 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 14103 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14104 InvalidDecl = true; 14105 } 14106 } 14107 } 14108 14109 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 14110 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 14111 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 14112 InvalidDecl = true; 14113 } 14114 14115 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 14116 // than a variably modified type. 14117 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 14118 bool SizeIsNegative; 14119 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 14120 14121 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 14122 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 14123 SizeIsNegative, 14124 Oversized); 14125 if (FixedTInfo) { 14126 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 14127 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 14128 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 14129 } else { 14130 if (SizeIsNegative) 14131 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 14132 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 14133 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 14134 << Oversized.toString(10); 14135 else 14136 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 14137 InvalidDecl = true; 14138 } 14139 } 14140 14141 // Fields can not have abstract class types 14142 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 14143 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14144 AbstractFieldType)) 14145 InvalidDecl = true; 14146 14147 bool ZeroWidth = false; 14148 if (InvalidDecl) 14149 BitWidth = nullptr; 14150 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 14151 if (BitWidth) { 14152 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 14153 &ZeroWidth).get(); 14154 if (!BitWidth) { 14155 InvalidDecl = true; 14156 BitWidth = nullptr; 14157 ZeroWidth = false; 14158 } 14159 } 14160 14161 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 14162 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 14163 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14164 if (T->isReferenceType()) 14165 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 14166 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 14167 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 14168 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 14169 14170 if (DiagID) { 14171 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 14172 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 14173 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 14174 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 14175 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 14176 Mutable = false; 14177 InvalidDecl = true; 14178 } 14179 } 14180 } 14181 14182 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 14183 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 14184 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 14185 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 14186 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 14187 14188 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 14189 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 14190 if (InvalidDecl) 14191 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14192 14193 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14194 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14195 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14196 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14197 } 14198 14199 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14200 if (Record->isUnion()) { 14201 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14202 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14203 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14204 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 14205 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 14206 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 14207 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 14208 // objects. 14209 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 14210 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14211 } 14212 } 14213 14214 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 14215 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 14216 // enabled. 14217 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 14218 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 14219 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 14220 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 14221 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 14222 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 14223 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14224 } 14225 } 14226 } 14227 14228 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 14229 // representation, not a parser representation. 14230 if (D) { 14231 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 14232 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 14233 14234 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 14235 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 14236 } 14237 14238 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 14239 // retainable type. 14240 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 14241 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14242 14243 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 14244 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 14245 14246 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 14247 return NewFD; 14248 } 14249 14250 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 14251 assert(FD); 14252 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 14253 14254 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 14255 return false; 14256 14257 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14258 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14259 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14260 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14261 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 14262 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 14263 // copy constructors. 14264 14265 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 14266 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 14267 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 14268 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 14269 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 14270 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 14271 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 14272 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 14273 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 14274 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 14275 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 14276 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 14277 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 14278 member = CXXDestructor; 14279 14280 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 14281 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 14282 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 14283 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 14284 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 14285 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 14286 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 14287 // members unavailable. 14288 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 14289 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 14290 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 14291 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14292 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 14293 return false; 14294 } 14295 } 14296 14297 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 14298 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 14299 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 14300 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 14301 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 14302 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 14303 } 14304 } 14305 } 14306 14307 return false; 14308 } 14309 14310 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 14311 /// AST enum value. 14312 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 14313 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 14314 switch (ivarVisibility) { 14315 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 14316 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 14317 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 14318 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 14319 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 14320 } 14321 } 14322 14323 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 14324 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 14325 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 14326 SourceLocation DeclStart, 14327 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 14328 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 14329 14330 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 14331 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 14332 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 14333 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 14334 14335 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 14336 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 14337 14338 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 14339 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 14340 14341 if (BitWidth) { 14342 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 14343 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 14344 if (!BitWidth) 14345 D.setInvalidType(); 14346 } else { 14347 // Not a bitfield. 14348 14349 // validate II. 14350 14351 } 14352 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 14353 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 14354 D.setInvalidType(); 14355 } 14356 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 14357 // than a variably modified type. 14358 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 14359 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 14360 D.setInvalidType(); 14361 } 14362 14363 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 14364 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 14365 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 14366 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 14367 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 14368 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 14369 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 14370 return nullptr; 14371 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 14372 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14373 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14374 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 14375 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 14376 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 14377 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 14378 } 14379 else 14380 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14381 } else { 14382 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14383 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14384 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 14385 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 14386 return nullptr; 14387 } 14388 } 14389 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14390 } 14391 14392 // Construct the decl. 14393 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 14394 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 14395 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 14396 14397 if (II) { 14398 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 14399 ForRedeclaration); 14400 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 14401 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14402 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14403 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14404 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14405 } 14406 } 14407 14408 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 14409 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 14410 14411 if (D.isInvalidType()) 14412 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14413 14414 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 14415 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 14416 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14417 14418 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 14419 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 14420 14421 if (II) { 14422 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 14423 // these to the interface. 14424 S->AddDecl(NewID); 14425 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 14426 } 14427 14428 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 14429 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 14430 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 14431 14432 return NewID; 14433 } 14434 14435 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 14436 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 14437 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 14438 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 14439 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 14440 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 14441 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 14442 return; 14443 14444 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 14445 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 14446 14447 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 14448 return; 14449 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 14450 if (!ID) { 14451 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 14452 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 14453 return; 14454 } 14455 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 14456 else 14457 return; 14458 } 14459 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 14460 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 14461 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 14462 14463 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 14464 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 14465 Context.CharTy, 14466 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 14467 DeclLoc), 14468 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 14469 true); 14470 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 14471 } 14472 14473 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 14474 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 14475 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 14476 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 14477 14478 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 14479 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 14480 // it will now change. 14481 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14482 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14483 switch (DC->getKind()) { 14484 default: break; 14485 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 14486 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14487 break; 14488 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 14489 Context. 14490 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14491 break; 14492 } 14493 } 14494 14495 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14496 14497 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 14498 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 14499 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 14500 if (Record) { 14501 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 14502 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 14503 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 14504 ++NumNamedMembers; 14505 } 14506 } 14507 14508 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 14509 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 14510 14511 bool ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = false; 14512 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 14513 i != end; ++i) { 14514 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 14515 14516 // Get the type for the field. 14517 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 14518 14519 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 14520 // Remember all fields written by the user. 14521 RecFields.push_back(FD); 14522 } 14523 14524 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 14525 // diagnostics about it. 14526 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 14527 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14528 continue; 14529 } 14530 14531 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 14532 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 14533 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 14534 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 14535 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 14536 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 14537 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 14538 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 14539 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 14540 // array. 14541 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 14542 // Field declared as a function. 14543 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 14544 << FD->getDeclName(); 14545 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14546 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14547 continue; 14548 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 14549 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 14550 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 14551 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 14552 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 14553 // Flexible array member. 14554 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 14555 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 14556 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 14557 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14558 if (Record->isUnion()) 14559 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14560 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 14561 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14562 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 14563 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 14564 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 14565 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14566 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 14567 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14568 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 14569 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 14570 14571 if (DiagID) 14572 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 14573 << Record->getTagKind(); 14574 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 14575 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 14576 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 14577 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 14578 // of the type. 14579 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 14580 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 14581 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 14582 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14583 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 14584 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 14585 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14586 14587 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 14588 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 14589 // 14590 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 14591 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 14592 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14593 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 14594 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 14595 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14596 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14597 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14598 continue; 14599 } 14600 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 14601 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14602 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 14603 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14604 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14605 // Incomplete type 14606 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14607 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14608 continue; 14609 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14610 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 14611 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 14612 // flexible array member. 14613 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14614 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 14615 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 14616 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 14617 // structures. 14618 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 14619 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 14620 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14621 else { 14622 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 14623 // other structs as an extension. 14624 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 14625 << FD->getDeclName(); 14626 } 14627 } 14628 } 14629 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 14630 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14631 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14632 AbstractIvarType)) { 14633 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 14634 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14635 } 14636 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14637 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14638 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 14639 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14640 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 14641 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 14642 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 14643 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 14644 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 14645 FD->setType(T); 14646 } else if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && 14647 Record && !ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported && 14648 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 14649 // It's an error in ARC or Weak if a field has lifetime. 14650 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 14651 // so we just make the field unavailable. 14652 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 14653 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 14654 QualType T = FD->getType(); 14655 if (T.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime()) { 14656 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 14657 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 14658 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 14659 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14660 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 14661 } 14662 } else { 14663 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 14664 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 14665 } 14666 ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = true; 14667 } 14668 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 14669 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 14670 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 14671 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14672 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 14673 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14674 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 14675 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14676 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 14677 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14678 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14679 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14680 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 14681 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14682 } 14683 } 14684 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 14685 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14686 // Keep track of the number of named members. 14687 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 14688 ++NumNamedMembers; 14689 } 14690 14691 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 14692 if (Record) { 14693 bool Completed = false; 14694 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14695 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14696 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 14697 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 14698 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 14699 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 14700 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 14701 } 14702 14703 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 14704 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 14705 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 14706 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 14707 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 14708 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 14709 } 14710 14711 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14712 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 14713 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 14714 14715 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 14716 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 14717 // problem now. 14718 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 14719 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 14720 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 14721 14722 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 14723 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 14724 M != MEnd; ++M) { 14725 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 14726 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 14727 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 14728 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 14729 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 14730 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 14731 continue; 14732 14733 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 14734 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 14735 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 14736 // program is ill-formed. 14737 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 14738 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 14739 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 14740 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 14741 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 14742 OM = SO->second.begin(), 14743 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 14744 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 14745 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 14746 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 14747 14748 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14749 } 14750 } 14751 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 14752 Completed = true; 14753 } 14754 } 14755 } 14756 } 14757 14758 if (!Completed) 14759 Record->completeDefinition(); 14760 14761 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. 14762 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14763 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); 14764 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && 14765 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) 14766 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); 14767 } 14768 14769 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 14770 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 14771 14772 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 14773 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 14774 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 14775 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 14776 } 14777 14778 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 14779 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 14780 // compatibility problems. 14781 bool CheckForZeroSize; 14782 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14783 CheckForZeroSize = true; 14784 } else { 14785 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 14786 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 14787 CheckForZeroSize = 14788 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 14789 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 14790 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 14791 } 14792 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 14793 bool ZeroSize = true; 14794 bool IsEmpty = true; 14795 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 14796 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 14797 E = Record->field_end(); 14798 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 14799 IsEmpty = false; 14800 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 14801 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 14802 ZeroSize = false; 14803 } else { 14804 ++NonBitFields; 14805 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 14806 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 14807 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 14808 ZeroSize = false; 14809 } 14810 } 14811 14812 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 14813 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 14814 // extern "C" block. 14815 if (ZeroSize) { 14816 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 14817 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 14818 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 14819 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 14820 } 14821 14822 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 14823 // but are accepted by GCC. 14824 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14825 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 14826 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 14827 << Record->isUnion(); 14828 } 14829 } 14830 } else { 14831 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 14832 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 14833 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14834 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 14835 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 14836 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14837 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 14838 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14839 } 14840 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 14841 // duplicates. 14842 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 14843 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 14844 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14845 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14846 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 14847 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 14848 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 14849 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 14850 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 14851 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 14852 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14853 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14854 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14855 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14856 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 14857 // reported as errors elsewhere. 14858 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 14859 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 14860 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 14861 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 14862 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 14863 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14864 if (IDecl) { 14865 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 14866 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14867 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14868 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14869 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14870 continue; 14871 } 14872 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 14873 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 14874 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14875 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14876 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14877 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14878 continue; 14879 } 14880 } 14881 } 14882 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 14883 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14884 } 14885 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14886 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14887 } 14888 } 14889 14890 if (Attr) 14891 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 14892 } 14893 14894 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 14895 /// the given type T. 14896 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 14897 llvm::APSInt &Value, 14898 QualType T) { 14899 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14900 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 14901 14902 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 14903 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 14904 --BitWidth; 14905 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 14906 } 14907 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 14908 } 14909 14910 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 14911 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 14912 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 14913 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 14914 // enum checking below. 14915 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14916 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 14917 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14918 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 14919 }; 14920 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14921 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 14922 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 14923 }; 14924 14925 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 14926 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 14927 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 14928 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 14929 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 14930 return Types[I]; 14931 14932 return QualType(); 14933 } 14934 14935 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 14936 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 14937 SourceLocation IdLoc, 14938 IdentifierInfo *Id, 14939 Expr *Val) { 14940 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14941 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 14942 QualType EltTy; 14943 14944 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 14945 Val = nullptr; 14946 14947 if (Val) 14948 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 14949 14950 if (Val) { 14951 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 14952 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14953 else { 14954 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 14955 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 14956 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14957 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 14958 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 14959 // constant expression of the underlying type. 14960 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14961 ExprResult Converted = 14962 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 14963 CCEK_Enumerator); 14964 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 14965 Val = nullptr; 14966 else 14967 Val = Converted.get(); 14968 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 14969 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 14970 &EnumVal).get())) { 14971 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 14972 } else { 14973 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14974 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14975 14976 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 14977 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 14978 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 14979 // expression checking. 14980 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14981 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14982 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14983 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14984 } else 14985 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14986 } else 14987 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 14988 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 14989 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 14990 .get(); 14991 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14992 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 14993 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14994 // is the type of its initializing value: 14995 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 14996 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 14997 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14998 } else { 14999 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 15000 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 15001 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 15002 // representable as an int. 15003 15004 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 15005 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 15006 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 15007 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 15008 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 15009 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 15010 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 15011 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 15012 } 15013 EltTy = Val->getType(); 15014 } 15015 } 15016 } 15017 } 15018 15019 if (!Val) { 15020 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 15021 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 15022 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 15023 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 15024 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15025 // is the type of its initializing value: 15026 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 15027 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 15028 // 15029 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 15030 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 15031 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15032 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15033 } 15034 else { 15035 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 15036 } 15037 } else { 15038 // Assign the last value + 1. 15039 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15040 ++EnumVal; 15041 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 15042 15043 // Check for overflow on increment. 15044 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 15045 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 15046 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15047 // is the type of its initializing value: 15048 // 15049 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 15050 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 15051 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 15052 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 15053 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 15054 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 15055 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 15056 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 15057 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 15058 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 15059 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15060 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 15061 ++EnumVal; 15062 if (Enum->isFixed()) 15063 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 15064 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 15065 << EnumVal.toString(10) 15066 << EltTy; 15067 else 15068 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 15069 << EnumVal.toString(10); 15070 } else { 15071 EltTy = T; 15072 } 15073 15074 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 15075 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 15076 // value, then increment. 15077 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15078 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 15079 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 15080 ++EnumVal; 15081 15082 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 15083 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 15084 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 15085 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 15086 // integral type. 15087 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 15088 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 15089 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15090 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 15091 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 15092 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 15093 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 15094 } 15095 } 15096 } 15097 15098 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 15099 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 15100 // enumerator's type. 15101 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 15102 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 15103 } 15104 15105 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 15106 Val, EnumVal); 15107 } 15108 15109 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 15110 SourceLocation IILoc) { 15111 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 15112 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15113 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15114 15115 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 15116 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 15117 // skip the body. 15118 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 15119 ForRedeclaration); 15120 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 15121 if (!PrevECD) 15122 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15123 15124 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 15125 NamedDecl *Hidden; 15126 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 15127 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 15128 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 15129 return Skip; 15130 } 15131 15132 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15133 } 15134 15135 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 15136 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 15137 AttributeList *Attr, 15138 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 15139 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 15140 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 15141 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 15142 15143 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 15144 // we find one that is. 15145 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 15146 15147 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 15148 // scope. 15149 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 15150 ForRedeclaration); 15151 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 15152 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 15153 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 15154 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 15155 PrevDecl = nullptr; 15156 } 15157 15158 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 15159 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 15160 // different from T: 15161 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 15162 // enumerated type 15163 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 15164 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 15165 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 15166 15167 EnumConstantDecl *New = 15168 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 15169 if (!New) 15170 return nullptr; 15171 15172 if (PrevDecl) { 15173 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 15174 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 15175 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 15176 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 15177 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 15178 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 15179 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15180 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 15181 else 15182 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 15183 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 15184 return nullptr; 15185 } 15186 } 15187 15188 // Process attributes. 15189 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 15190 15191 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 15192 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 15193 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 15194 15195 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 15196 15197 return New; 15198 } 15199 15200 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 15201 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 15202 // Element2 = Element1 15203 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 15204 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 15205 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 15206 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 15207 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 15208 if (!InitExpr) 15209 return true; 15210 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 15211 15212 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 15213 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 15214 return true; 15215 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 15216 if (!IL) 15217 return true; 15218 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 15219 return true; 15220 15221 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 15222 } 15223 15224 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 15225 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 15226 if (!DRE) 15227 return true; 15228 15229 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 15230 if (!EnumConstant) 15231 return true; 15232 15233 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 15234 Enum) 15235 return true; 15236 15237 return false; 15238 } 15239 15240 namespace { 15241 struct DupKey { 15242 int64_t val; 15243 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 15244 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 15245 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 15246 }; 15247 15248 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 15249 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 15250 false); 15251 } 15252 15253 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 15254 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 15255 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 15256 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 15257 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 15258 } 15259 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 15260 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 15261 LHS.val == RHS.val; 15262 } 15263 }; 15264 } // end anonymous namespace 15265 15266 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 15267 // a previous element has already been set to. 15268 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15269 EnumDecl *Enum, 15270 QualType EnumType) { 15271 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 15272 return; 15273 // Avoid anonymous enums 15274 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 15275 return; 15276 15277 // Only check for small enums. 15278 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 15279 return; 15280 15281 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 15282 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 15283 15284 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 15285 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 15286 ValueToVectorMap; 15287 15288 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 15289 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 15290 15291 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 15292 // an initialier. 15293 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15294 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15295 15296 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 15297 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 15298 if (!ECD) { 15299 return; 15300 } 15301 15302 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 15303 continue; 15304 15305 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15306 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15307 15308 // First time encountering this value. 15309 if (Entry.isNull()) 15310 Entry = ECD; 15311 } 15312 15313 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 15314 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15315 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15316 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 15317 continue; 15318 15319 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15320 15321 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15322 if (Entry.isNull()) 15323 continue; 15324 15325 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 15326 // Ensure constants are different. 15327 if (D == ECD) 15328 continue; 15329 15330 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 15331 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 15332 Vec->push_back(D); 15333 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15334 15335 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 15336 Entry = Vec; 15337 15338 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 15339 // diagnostics. 15340 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 15341 continue; 15342 } 15343 15344 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 15345 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 15346 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 15347 continue; 15348 15349 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15350 } 15351 15352 // Emit diagnostics. 15353 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 15354 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 15355 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 15356 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 15357 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 15358 15359 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 15360 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 15361 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 15362 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15363 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15364 ++I; 15365 15366 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 15367 // the same value. 15368 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 15369 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 15370 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15371 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15372 delete Vec; 15373 } 15374 } 15375 15376 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 15377 bool AllowMask) const { 15378 assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum"); 15379 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 15380 15381 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 15382 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 15383 15384 if (R.second) { 15385 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 15386 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 15387 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 15388 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 15389 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 15390 } 15391 } 15392 15393 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 15394 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 15395 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 15396 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 15397 // 15398 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 15399 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 15400 // likely a logic error. 15401 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 15402 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 15403 } 15404 15405 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 15406 Decl *EnumDeclX, 15407 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15408 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 15409 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 15410 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 15411 15412 if (Attr) 15413 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 15414 15415 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 15416 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15417 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15418 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15419 if (!ECD) continue; 15420 15421 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15422 } 15423 15424 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 15425 return; 15426 } 15427 15428 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 15429 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 15430 // emit a warning. 15431 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 15432 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 15433 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 15434 15435 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 15436 // reverse the list. 15437 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 15438 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 15439 15440 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 15441 bool AllElementsInt = true; 15442 15443 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15444 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15445 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15446 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15447 15448 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15449 15450 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 15451 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 15452 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 15453 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 15454 else 15455 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 15456 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 15457 15458 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 15459 if (AllElementsInt) 15460 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 15461 } 15462 15463 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 15464 QualType BestType; 15465 unsigned BestWidth; 15466 15467 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 15468 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 15469 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 15470 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 15471 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 15472 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 15473 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 15474 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 15475 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 15476 QualType BestPromotionType; 15477 15478 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 15479 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 15480 // enum definitions. 15481 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 15482 Packed = true; 15483 15484 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15485 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15486 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 15487 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 15488 else 15489 BestPromotionType = BestType; 15490 15491 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 15492 } 15493 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 15494 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 15495 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 15496 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15497 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 15498 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 15499 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15500 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 15501 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 15502 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 15503 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15504 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 15505 BestType = Context.IntTy; 15506 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15507 } else { 15508 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 15509 15510 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 15511 BestType = Context.LongTy; 15512 } else { 15513 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15514 15515 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 15516 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 15517 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 15518 } 15519 } 15520 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 15521 } else { 15522 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 15523 // all of the enumerator values. 15524 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15525 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 15526 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 15527 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15528 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15529 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 15530 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 15531 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15532 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15533 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 15534 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 15535 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15536 BestPromotionType 15537 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15538 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 15539 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 15540 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 15541 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 15542 BestPromotionType 15543 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15544 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 15545 } else { 15546 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15547 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 15548 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 15549 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 15550 BestPromotionType 15551 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15552 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 15553 } 15554 } 15555 15556 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 15557 // the type of the enum if needed. 15558 for (auto *D : Elements) { 15559 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15560 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15561 15562 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 15563 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 15564 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 15565 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 15566 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 15567 15568 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 15569 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15570 15571 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 15572 // the enum decl type. 15573 QualType NewTy; 15574 unsigned NewWidth; 15575 bool NewSign; 15576 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15577 !Enum->isFixed() && 15578 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 15579 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 15580 NewWidth = IntWidth; 15581 NewSign = true; 15582 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 15583 // Already the right type! 15584 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15585 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15586 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15587 // enumeration. 15588 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15589 continue; 15590 } else { 15591 NewTy = BestType; 15592 NewWidth = BestWidth; 15593 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 15594 } 15595 15596 // Adjust the APSInt value. 15597 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 15598 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 15599 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 15600 15601 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 15602 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 15603 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 15604 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 15605 CK_IntegralCast, 15606 ECD->getInitExpr(), 15607 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 15608 VK_RValue)); 15609 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15610 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15611 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15612 // enumeration. 15613 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15614 else 15615 ECD->setType(NewTy); 15616 } 15617 15618 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 15619 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 15620 15621 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 15622 15623 if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) { 15624 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 15625 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15626 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15627 15628 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15629 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 15630 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 15631 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 15632 << ECD << Enum; 15633 } 15634 } 15635 15636 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 15637 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 15638 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 15639 } 15640 15641 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 15642 SourceLocation StartLoc, 15643 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 15644 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 15645 15646 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 15647 AsmString, StartLoc, 15648 EndLoc); 15649 CurContext->addDecl(New); 15650 return New; 15651 } 15652 15653 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 15654 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 15655 bool FromInclude = false) { 15656 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 15657 15658 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 15659 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 15660 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 15661 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 15662 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 15663 break; 15664 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 15665 break; 15666 } 15667 DC = LSD->getParent(); 15668 } 15669 15670 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 15671 DC = DC->getParent(); 15672 15673 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 15674 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 15675 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 15676 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 15677 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 15678 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 15679 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 15680 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 15681 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 15682 << M->getFullModuleName(); 15683 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_extern_c_begins_here); 15684 } 15685 } 15686 15687 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc, 15688 ModuleDeclKind MDK, 15689 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15690 // 'module implementation' requires that we are not compiling a module of any 15691 // kind. 'module' and 'module partition' require that we are compiling a 15692 // module inteface (not a module map). 15693 auto CMK = getLangOpts().getCompilingModule(); 15694 if (MDK == ModuleDeclKind::Implementation 15695 ? CMK != LangOptions::CMK_None 15696 : CMK != LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface) { 15697 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch) 15698 << (unsigned)MDK; 15699 return nullptr; 15700 } 15701 15702 // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl and return it. 15703 15704 // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than 15705 // here, in case we look ahead across something where the current 15706 // module matters (eg a #include). 15707 15708 // The dots in a module name in the Modules TS are a lie. Unlike Clang's 15709 // hierarchical module map modules, the dots here are just another character 15710 // that can appear in a module name. Flatten down to the actual module name. 15711 std::string ModuleName; 15712 for (auto &Piece : Path) { 15713 if (!ModuleName.empty()) 15714 ModuleName += "."; 15715 ModuleName += Piece.first->getName(); 15716 } 15717 15718 // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be 15719 // correct. 15720 if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() && 15721 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) { 15722 Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch) 15723 << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second) 15724 << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15725 return nullptr; 15726 } 15727 const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName; 15728 15729 auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap(); 15730 15731 switch (MDK) { 15732 case ModuleDeclKind::Module: { 15733 // FIXME: Check we're not in a submodule. 15734 15735 // We can't have imported a definition of this module or parsed a module 15736 // map defining it already. 15737 if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) { 15738 Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName; 15739 if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid()) 15740 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition); 15741 else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile()) 15742 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file) 15743 << FE->getName(); 15744 return nullptr; 15745 } 15746 15747 // Create a Module for the module that we're defining. 15748 Module *Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName); 15749 assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail"); 15750 15751 // Enter the semantic scope of the module. 15752 ActOnModuleBegin(ModuleLoc, Mod); 15753 return nullptr; 15754 } 15755 15756 case ModuleDeclKind::Partition: 15757 // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module. 15758 return nullptr; 15759 15760 case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation: 15761 std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc( 15762 PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second); 15763 15764 DeclResult Import = ActOnModuleImport(ModuleLoc, ModuleLoc, ModuleNameLoc); 15765 if (Import.isInvalid()) 15766 return nullptr; 15767 return ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Import.get()); 15768 } 15769 15770 llvm_unreachable("unexpected module decl kind"); 15771 } 15772 15773 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, 15774 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 15775 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15776 Module *Mod = 15777 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 15778 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 15779 if (!Mod) 15780 return true; 15781 15782 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 15783 15784 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 15785 15786 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 15787 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 15788 // silently ignoring the import. 15789 // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we 15790 // warn on a redundant import of the current module? 15791 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule && 15792 (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS)) 15793 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() 15794 ? diag::err_module_self_import 15795 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 15796 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15797 15798 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 15799 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 15800 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 15801 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 15802 // We need the length to be consistent. 15803 if (!ModCheck) 15804 break; 15805 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 15806 15807 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 15808 } 15809 15810 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15811 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, TU, StartLoc, 15812 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 15813 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 15814 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import); 15815 TU->addDecl(Import); 15816 return Import; 15817 } 15818 15819 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15820 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 15821 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 15822 } 15823 15824 void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15825 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 15826 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 15827 // implementation detail of us building the module. 15828 // 15829 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 15830 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 15831 TUKind == TU_Module && 15832 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 15833 15834 bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes; 15835 15836 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 15837 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 15838 if (ShouldAddImport) { 15839 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15840 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15841 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 15842 DirectiveLoc); 15843 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 15844 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD); 15845 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15846 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15847 } 15848 15849 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 15850 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15851 } 15852 15853 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15854 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 15855 15856 ModuleScopes.push_back({}); 15857 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 15858 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 15859 ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules); 15860 15861 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15862 } 15863 15864 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EofLoc, Module *Mod) { 15865 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 15866 VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules); 15867 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 15868 // is now out of date. 15869 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 15870 } 15871 15872 assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod && 15873 "left the wrong module scope"); 15874 ModuleScopes.pop_back(); 15875 15876 // We got to the end of processing a #include of a local module. Create an 15877 // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module. 15878 FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EofLoc); 15879 assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() && 15880 "end of submodule in main source file"); 15881 SourceLocation DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File); 15882 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 15883 } 15884 15885 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 15886 Module *Mod) { 15887 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 15888 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 15889 return; 15890 15891 // Create the implicit import declaration. 15892 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15893 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15894 Loc, Mod, Loc); 15895 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15896 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15897 15898 // Make the module visible. 15899 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 15900 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 15901 } 15902 15903 /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{' 15904 /// (if present). 15905 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, 15906 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 15907 ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc); 15908 15909 // C++ Modules TS draft: 15910 // An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one 15911 // export keyword. 15912 // 15913 // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another 15914 // export-declaration. 15915 if (D->isExported()) 15916 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export); 15917 15918 CurContext->addDecl(D); 15919 PushDeclContext(S, D); 15920 return D; 15921 } 15922 15923 /// Complete the definition of an export declaration. 15924 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 15925 auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D); 15926 if (RBraceLoc.isValid()) 15927 ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 15928 15929 // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including 15930 // anonymous namespace). 15931 15932 PopDeclContext(); 15933 return D; 15934 } 15935 15936 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15937 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15938 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15939 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15940 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15941 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 15942 LookupOrdinaryName); 15943 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 15944 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 15945 15946 // If a declaration that: 15947 // 1) declares a function or a variable 15948 // 2) has external linkage 15949 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 15950 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15951 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 15952 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 15953 else 15954 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 15955 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 15956 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 15957 } else 15958 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 15959 } 15960 15961 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15962 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15963 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 15964 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 15965 15966 if (PrevDecl) { 15967 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 15968 } else { 15969 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15970 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 15971 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 15972 } 15973 } 15974 15975 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15976 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15977 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15978 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15979 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15980 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 15981 LookupOrdinaryName); 15982 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 15983 15984 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15985 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 15986 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15987 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 15988 } else { 15989 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15990 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 15991 } 15992 } 15993 15994 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 15995 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 15996 } 15997